THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 72

JULY, 1958 to APRIL, 1959

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER

Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

CHARLES B. WURTZ

Consulting Biologists, 610 Commercial Trust Building

R. TUCKER ABBOTT

H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences

Philadelphia, Pennsylvanl\

PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.

CONTENTS

Names of new genera, species, etc. in italics

Acmea funiculata, A. mitra & A. fenestrata cribraria,

range 127

Adams, C. B., shell measurements 105, 106

Alaska, marines 78

Americana 105

American Malacological Union 66, 144

Aplysia californica, shell variation 73

Arctic 78

Arion ater 104

Arizona 51

Atlantic, eastern 55

western 1, 11, 29, 49, 68, 99, 105, 109, 117, 140

Australia 20, 35

Australorbis vs. Planorbina 107

Australorbis glabratus, teratogeny 3

Baker, F. C, type shells, Chicago Acad. Sci. 30

Bales, Mary E. (obituary) 35

Barbados 19

Beatty, George D. (obituary) 103

Brazil 19

Burch, Paul Randolph (obituary) 100

California, inland 35

marines 73, 127

Campeloma decisum, life history 22

Canada 90, 98

Cepaea hortensis, sinistral 35

Chile 104

China 68

Color and nutrition in Polinices 1

Columella endentula 35

Crocidopoma (s.s.) zayasi Alcalde & Jacobson 112

Dates of Nautilus 34

Diaphora bicolor 19

Drepanotrema paropseides, anatomy 37

75463

iv NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Eupleura caudata 49

Feeding habits of Odostomia 11, 140

Ferrissia, habitat changes 144

Florida, inland 53

marines 69, 99, 117

Fulgoraria kaneko, type 69

Georgia 68

Guatemala 5, 115

Guiana 19

Gulick land shells 95

Hahea floridana (+ Stenacme f.) 68

Haiti Ill

Haliotis coccinea 57

Hawaii 95

Helix pomatia in Michigan 16

Hemphillia malonei, anatomy 42

Hypselostoma insularum, radula 68

Illinois 144

Indiana 60, 61

Indica 105

Indo-Pacific 62, 75, 105, 116

Japan 68

Kentucky 61

Liomesus stimpsoni, radula 99

Littorina arctica 82

Maine 10

Marisa cornuarietis 53

Marsh, Phil Lewis (obituary) 64

Maryland 122

Massachusetts 10, 35

Melongena corona, movement 117

Mexico 5

Michigan 16, 64 131

Microconus, subgenus Pulchriconus 8

Microconus {Pulchriconus) pilsbryi Fred G. Thompson,

anatomy 8

Microconus [s.s.) riifus Fred G. Thompson 7

Mitromorpha atramentosa, radula 75

Musculus vernicosus 81

April, 1959 nautilus v

Mytilus edulis 79

Nautilus, back issues 146

dates of 34

finances 70

Neosimnia quaylei, range 127

Netherlands Malacological Society 103

New Jersey 53

New York 85, 98

Nicaragua 5

North Carolina 22, 68

North Dakota 104

Nutrition & callus color in Polinices 1

Odostomia bisuturalis Sc O. impressa, feeding 11, 140

Ohio 61

Oklahoma 51, 145

Oocorys tosaensis Habe & Azuma 116

Oregon 42

Pacific, eastern 73, 105, 127

western 62, 68, 69, 116

Panama 5

Pecten irradians, infestation by polychaete 109

Pennsylvania 58

Peru 37, 104

Physa compacta 68

Planorbina 106

Polinices duplicatus, color & nutrition 1

Polydora ciliata in Pecten irradians 109

Pseudosubulina, Spiraxis splendens 115

Publications received 36, 72, 106, 146

Piilcliriconiis Fred G. Thompson, subg. of Microconus 8

Quickella vagans 68

Quickella vermeta 60

Retinella 36

Ryukyu Islands 68

Sanguinolaria nuttalii, range 127

Self-fertilization in sphaeriids 131

Snails under stones 85

South Carolina 52

Sphaerium nitidum vs. S. tenue 10

Vi NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Sphaerium partumeium, reproduction 131

Sphaerium patella vs. S. primeanum 11

Spiraxis (Pseudosubulina) splendens F. G. Thompson 115

Stenacme (Stenacmidae) -Habea 68

Stones & land snails 85

Streptaxis deplanchei & S. glaber 19

Succinea avara, ecology 145

Succinea indiana 61

Tennessee 61

Teratogeny in Australorbis 3

Theskelomensor creon Alan Solem 20, 35

Trinidad 19

Type shells of F. C. Baker in Chicago Acad. Sci. 30

Unionidae from St. Lawrence River 98

Urosalpinx cinerea 49

Vasum capitellum, radula & operculum 29

Venezuela 19

Virginia 100

Virgin Islands 19

Washington 42

West Indies, inland 19, 1 1 1

marines 29

West Virginia 61

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Abbott, R. Tucker (Baker, Wurtz &) 35

Alcalde, Oscar & Morris K. Jacobson Ill

Allen, J. Frances 11, 49, 100

Altena, C. O. van Regteren 103

Azuma, Masao (Habe &) 116

Baker, Bernadine B 144, 146

Baker, H. Burrington 34, 35, 70, 106

Baker, Wurtz and Abbott 35

Branson, Branley A 145

Caldwell, David K 117

Chamberlain, Norman A 22

Clarke, Arthur H., Jr 98

Clench, William J 19, 68, 69, 95, 105

Deslandes, Newton (Paraense &) 37

Dexter, Ralph W 35, 144

Dundee, Dee Saunders, and Harold A 51

Dundee, Dee S. (van der Schalie &) 16

Eyerdam, Walter J 104

Franzen, Dorothea S 30

Grimm, Wayne 122

Habe, Tadashige 68

Habe k Masao Azuma 116

Hanks, James E. (Turner &) 109

Hanna, G. Dallas, and Leo George Hertlein 78

Heilman, Robert A., & Gordon K. MacMillan 58

Herrington, H. B 10

Hertlein, Leo George (Hanna &) 78

Hubricht, Leslie 60

Hunt, Burton P 53

Jacobson, Morris K. (Alcalde 8c) Ill

Kosloff, Eugene N., & JoAnn Vance 42

MacMillan, Gordon K. (Heilman Sc) 58

Michelson, E. H., & Ann H. Schork 3

Morrison, J. P. E 105

Muchmore, William B 85

vii

viii NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Orr, Virginia 75

Oyama, Katura (Robertson Sc) 68

Paraense, W. Lobato, & Newton Deslandes 37

Post, Richard L 104

Robertson, Robert, & Katura Oyama 68

Schalie, Henry van der 64

Schalie, Henry van der, Sc Dee S. Dundee 16

Schork, Ann H. (Michelson Sc) 3

Smith, Allyn G 35

Smith, Mrs. Harry M 103

Solem, Alan 20, 62

Stohler, R 127

Talmadge, Robert R 55

Teskey, Margaret C 66

Thomas, Grace J 131

Thompson, Fred G 5, 115

Turner, Harry J., Jr 1

Turner & James E. Hanks 109

Vance, JoAnn (Kosloff &) 42

Warmke, Germaine L. 29

Wayne, William J 90

Weber, Jay A 99

Wells, Harry W 140

Winkler, Lindsay R. 73

Wurtz, Charles B. (Baker & Abbott) 35

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 JULY, 1958 No. 1

THE EFFECT OF NUTRITION ON THE COLOR OF THE

CALLUS OF POLINICES DUPLICATUS

Bv HARRY J. TURNER, JR.l

Color patterns of the shells of mollusks are occasionally in-

cluded in descriptions of a species. However the use of color

patterns as a diagnostic specific character must be considered

with caution because of the variability that may occur within a

given species. As an example, the beach clam, Donax variabilis,

displays a wide variety of colors and patterns. Similarly the car-

nivorous gastropod, Purpura (z= Thais) lapillus, may be plain

or banded depending on the diet (Moore, 1935) . Specimens sub-

sisting on a diet of Mytilus tend to have broad dark bands while

those feeding on Balanus display either plain colors or only faint

markings. A shift from a Mytilus to a Balanus diet alters the

deposition of the darker pigments so that banding of the new

shell is either faint or absent.

The predaceous moon snail, Polinices duplicatus, is distin-

guished from other members of the genus by the presence of a

prominent callus that partially obscures the umbilicus. Say

(1858) in his original description of the species reported the

callus to be dark brown and this character has been repeated in

various manuals of conchology (Minor, 1950, Abbott, 1955) .

Recently the author discovered a population of P. duplicatus at

Duxbury, Massachusetts, in which a very high percentage of the

specimens possessed calluses that were pearly white with faint pink

margins at the lines of contact with the main bodies of the shells.

A collection of 315 specimens taken from this locality contained

256 individuals with white calluses, fairly evenly divided between

the two sexes. The live weights of the individual specimens of

the collection ranged from one to 27 grams and the 59 snails

with the brown callus were scattered at random throughout the

range. In a similar collection taken from Barnstable Harbor,

iContribudon Number 938 from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.

2 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Massachusetts, 388 out of 479 specimens had the typical brown

callus. The question arose as to whether the variation in color

was due to some environmental influence or to a genetic differ-

ence. Serious consideration was given to placing the kind with

the white callus in a separate subgenus.

The environments of the two localities were similar in many

respects. Both were flats of fine compact sand near the low tide

mark and there was little difference in temperature and salinity.

The flat at Duxbury, however, was heavily populated with a

recent set of soft clams, Mya arenaria, which the snails were con-

suming in large numbers while the Barnstable flat contained no

Mya at all. The only significant food supply in the latter locality

was a dense population of the tiny duck clam Gemma gemma

which appeared to be utilized only by the smallest snails although

an occasional specimen could be found feeding on a mud snail

Nassa or a razor clam, Ensis.

The marked difference in the food supply in the two localities

suggested that the color variation of the callus of P. duplicatus

might be due to nutrition rather than a genetic difference. To

test this possibility, five snails, each with a dark brown callus

and weighing approximately one gram, were placed in a box of

sand supplied with a continuous stream of salt water from the

laboratory seawater system. One hundred soft clams, Mya aren-

aria, were added for food. As a control, five additional snails,

each with a brown callus, were placed in a similar box of sand

but no food was added.

The experiment was run for 35 days. The snails in the first

box drilled and consumed 83 clams and gained a little over two

grams in weight on the average. In every case the callus had

turned pearly white with only the faintest tinge of pink at the

margin. Each snail had secreted enough shell to advance the

leading edge of the lower whorl slightly more than 180 degrees.

The snails that had not been supplied with clams neither ad-

vanced the leading edges of their shells nor gained weight and

the calluses remained dark brown.

It is clear that the large number of specimens of P. duplicatus

with white calluses in the Duxbury population resulted from

the abundant supply of M. arenaria as food. Similarly the pre-

ponderance of snails with brown calluses at Barnstable was due

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 3

to a scarcity of suitable food. Apparently also, the typical con-

dition as described applies to specimens which are poorly

nourished.

References

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American sea shells, p. 186, D. Van Nostrand

Company, New York.

Minor, R. W. 1950. Field book of seashore life. p. 624, Van Rees

Press, New York.

Moore, H. B. 1936. The biology of Purpura Lapillus. I. Shell

variation in relation to environment. Jour. Mar. Bio. Ass'n.

U. K., V. 21, N. 1, pp. 61-89.

Say, Thomas. 1858. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the

conchology of the United States. Edited by W. G. Binney,

pp. 85-86.

TERATOGENY IN AUSTRALORBIS GLABRATUS^

By E. H. MICHELSON and ANN R. SCHORK

Dept. of Tropical Public Health, Harvard School of Public Health

Reports of monstrosities in snails refer primarily to malformed

shells and to morphological anomalities produced experimentally

in embryos (Raven and Beenakkers, 1955) . The present observa-

tion is unusual in that it concerns teratism resulting from abnor-

mal cleavage of the snail ovum. To our knowledge, it is the first

such observation reported with reference to "normally reared"

laboratory snails.

The anomaly with which we are concerned is the development

of three conjoined snails from an individual e^g (fig. 1) . Four-

teen additional eggs were found in the same mass, all of which

developed into normal snails. The egg mass was obtained from

a three-gallon rectangular aquarium which contained 25 adult

Australorhis glabratus. Marble chips formed the substrate and

approximately 60 grams of watercress, which was used as food,

floated free in the water. The temperature of the water was

thermostatically controlled at 25i+:2°C.

On microscopic examination of the abnormal egg, the three

individuals within appeared to radiate from a common center.

Each individual had an apparently normal foot and head region

1 This investigation was supported (in part) by a research grant (E-513-C)

from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Insti-

tutes of Health, Public Health Service.

NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 (1)

0.7 mm.

Figure 1: Camera lucida drawing of Australorbis glahratus egg coniaining

three conjoined snails. Two of the snails are viewed dorsally while the ventral

surface of the foot of the third snail appears as a stippled region between

them. The solid black region indicates the position of the heart.

with tentacles, eyes and a mouth. At a higher magnification

(60x) a radula could be observed in the mouth region of each

snail. However, a single heart, consisting of an auricle and ven-

tricle, served the three bodies. The pre-hatch ventricular heart-

beat was 85.7 beats per minute which was slower than that ob-

served in normal pre-hatched snails. On the third day of obser-

vation the "monster" hatched, and at this time a ventricular

heartbeat of 75.0 beats per minute was recorded. Three days later

the heartbeat had slowed to 46.1 beats per minute which was

maintained until death occurred four days later. During the seven

days the animal survived post-hatch, it was exceedingly active

and continually crawled about its aquarium. When crawling, one

individual would rest on the substratum carrying the other indi-

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 5

viduals above and gave the effect of a walking "Y." Carmine par-

ticles ingested by the various heads indicated that each animal

had an independent alimentary canal.

The rarity of the preceding condition can be appreciated in

that it was the only such abnormality we have observed in a

microscopic examination of approximately 150,000 eggs during

the past three years.

Literature Cited

Raven, Chr. P. and Beenakkers, A. M., 1955. On the nature of

head malformations obtained by centrifuging the eggs of

Lymnaea stagnalis. J. Embryol. Exp. Morph., i: 286-303.

THE LAND SNAIL GENUS MICROCONUS

By FRED G. THOMPSON

The genus Microconus Strebel k Pfeffer may be defined as fol-

lows: Stylommatophorous Pulmonata of the subfamily Thysano-

phorinae. Shell small, helicoid, 2 to 3.5 mm. wide. Lip simple,

not reflected. Umbilicus moderate, at most only partly obscured

by reflected columella. Peristome varying from horn yellow to

umber. Growth wrinkles numerous, fine and irregular, crossed

by finer spiral striae which bead them (the spirals can only be

seen with proper lighting under magnification x60) . Suture

deeply impressed.

Genitalia with spermatheca lying above aorta; with a vestigial

flagellum retained within wall of vas epiphallus; prostatic end

of vas enlarged, with thick muscular wall; ovotestis bilobed;

talon with a long stalk; carrefour exposed.

Jaw solid, witJh 5 to 7 broad ribs. Radular marginals relatively

broad and with entocones. Digestive system as usual in Thysano-

phorinae. Salivary glands quite small, flattened, subcircular,

touching above oesophagus and joined by isthmus below so as to

form a complete, elongate or circular collar.

Lung (pi. 2, fig. A) a little more than twice as long as broad,

and 2 or 3 times length of kidney. Heart relatively large. Prin-

cipal lung vein without evident tributaries. Kidney triangular,

longer than broad. Sigmurethrous ureter complete.

Tentacles black. Sole elongate, with parallel sides and rounded

ends, crossed by about 20 dark folds and lighter sides. Tail with

medio-dorsal groove.

In the Thysanophorinae, four genera are known anatomically:

Mcleania, Microconus, Microphysula and Thysanophora (Baker,

1940) . The structure of the penis, the vas epiphallus, and the

shell relate Microconus more closely to Thysanophora than to

NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 (1)

Map 1, Distribution of Microconus

(N.B. Triangle is for M. pilsbryi.)

the other genera. However, Microconus differs from Thysano-

phora in 4 distinct ways: (1) the spermathecal sac lies above

the aorta; (2) a vestigial flagellum is present; (3) the radular

marginals have entocones (only ectocones in Thysanophora) ;

and (4) the shell lacks protractive (more oblique) periostracal

riblets (present in Thysanophora) but has fine, spiral striae.

Distribution: Microconus has been recorded from middle

America, from the Canal Zone to central Veracruz, Mexico. All

the 4 known species have been found in only limited regions

(Map 1).

Dissections of M. pilsbryi were made under a dissecting micro-

scope. The animals had been partially relaxed in the field with

sodium nembutal; after fixation in formalin, they were preserved

in 70% alcohol. Prior to dissection, the shells were dissolved in

a 1% solution of HCl. The animals were then stained with

borax-carmine. All drawings were made with aid of a camera

lucida. Ridgeway was used for a color guide.

This work was done with the sponsorship and guidance of Dr.

Henry van der Schalie. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry kindly loaned me the

only specimen of M. willielmi in the Philadelphia Academy col-

lections. Paul F. Basch made available to me his material of

M. rufus.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 7

The 4 species known to belong to Microconus are: M. wil-

helmi (Pfeiffer) , M. rufus, M. pilsbryi, and M. termitarum Pils-

bry. Only M. wilhelmi and M. pilsbryi are known anatomically,

but seem to represent two subgenera, one of which is described

as new.

Microconus Strebel & Pfeffer, type Helix wilhelmi Pfeiffer.

The typical subgenus is distinguished by its small spermatheca,

its penial retractor attached to the diaphragm, and its vas de-

ferens free from the side of the penis. The jaw has five ribs. The

adult shell has a higher spire, but a larger umbilicus, which is

1/3 to 14 the shell diameter.

Microconus wilhelmi (Pfeiffer) .

Helix wilhelmi Pfr., 1866, pp. 79-80. M. wilhelmi Strebel k

Pfeffer, 1880, pp. 29-30, pi. 4, fig. 7. Pilsbry, 1926, p. 80, fig. 12b.

H. B. Baker, 1927, pp. 236-238, pi. 18, figs. 31-40 (anatomy).

Type locality: Mirador, Veracruz, Mexico. Also known from

Necaxa, Veracruz.

Microconus rufus, new species. PI. 1, figs. A, B

Thysanophora conspurcatella (Morelet) Goodrich & van der

Schalie, 1937, p. 26.

Holotype: shell umbilicate, umbilicus about 14 shell diam-

eter. Shell turbiniform, nearly as high as wide, with obtuse apex

and 4% w^horls. Suture deeply impressed. Whorls strongly con-

vex, shouldered; the last not descending. Embryonic whorls M/^y

smooth, protruding, horn yellow; remaining whorls horn yellow,

with minute, but distinct, unequal, unevenly spaced, micro-

scopic growth-wrinkles, which are cut by weakly incised, spiral

lines. Aperture irregularly ovate, incised by penult whorl; col-

umellar margin slightly reflected, but not obscuring umbilicus;

peristome thin, glassy, and transparent. Height 2.8; diameter

3.5: width of umbilicus 1.0 mm.

Dept. Peten, Guatemala. Holotype: University Mich. Museum

of Zoology (UMMZ.) 64416; knoll along Santa Ana Road, 2 km.

south of Puebla Nueva (Henry van der Schalie! Feb. 15, 1935).

Paratypes: UMMZ. 193099; same data; UMMZ. 193285-193314

(124 examples) from vicinity of Tikal (Paul F. Basch! Feb. 4

to May 16, 1956). Also examined: UMMZ. 64417, west shore of

Lake Petenxil; UMMZ. 64418, limestone knoll east of road to

Santa Ana, about \i/^ miles south of Flores; UMMZ. 64419,

limestone outcrop 1 mile northwest of Paso Caballo; UMMZ.

64420, limestone knoll, 5 miles north of Paso Caballo; UMMZ.

8 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

64421, north shore of Lake Yaluk, about 6 miles east of Paso

Caballo; UMMZ. 64422, limestone outcrop, 6 miles south of

Laguna Perdicla.

M. nifus was abundant in jungle regions subjected to periodic

rainy (usually June to August) and dry seasons. Since the collec-

tions vvcTe made during the dry season preceding the rains, only

dead shells were found in samples of leaf mold and in debris

along rivers.

Young individuals are relatively more depressed and have

thinner shells, which makes the spiral striae more easily observed.

M. rufus differs from M. wilhelmi, the other species of the typical

subgenus, because the whorls of the former are more strongly

convex, proportionately slightly larger and not so strongly

shouldered, and have finer and closer growth-wrinkles. Also the

embryonic whorls of M. rujus do not protrude so much, the body

whorl lies further under the penultimate one; and the umbilicus

is smaller.

PuLCHRicoNus, new subgenus. Type M. pilsbryi, n. sp.

This subgenus is characterized by a large spermatheca, and

the absence of a penial retractor; the epiphallic end of the vas

deferens is attached to the side of the penis by narrow bands of

muscle fibers. The adult shell is ovate-globose, and the jaw has

7, broad ribs.

MiCROCONUS PILSBRYI, new species. PI. 1, figs. C, D; pi. 2, figs. A-D

Holotype: (pi. 1, figs. C and D) shell imibilicate, umbilicus

about 14 shell diameter; shell slightly wider than high, with

obtuse apex and 41/9 whorls. Embryonic whorls 1 1/9, horn yellow,

and showing under magnification (x60) a reticulate pattern of

fine granules, which reflect a slight iridescence. Remaining whorls

clay color, dull, but with tendency to become burnt imiber in

color near suture and umbilicus; strongly convex and strongly

shouldered; and minutely, but distinctly roughened by unequal,

close, microscopic growth-wrinkles, cut by weakly incised, spiral

lines. Suture deeply impressed. Last whorl descending towards

aperture, which is broadly oval, somewhat incised by preceding

whorl, and with columellar margin slightly reflected over um-

bilicus; peristome thin, but distinctly expanded, glassy and

transparent. Height 2.2; diameter 2.5; width of umbilicus 0.6 mm.

Holotype: UMMZ. 193100; 41/9 km. south of Matagalpa, Dept.

Matagalpa, Nicaragua, 8,500 feet altitude (Thompson! July 16,

1956). Paratypes: UMMZ. 193101 (101 specimens); same data.

NAUTILUS 72 (1)

PLATE 1

D

l-iGS. A and B. Micxx oinis rufu.s Thompson, holotvpe shell. Figs. C and D,

M. pil.shrxi llioinpson. holotvpe shell.

XAl' 1 ILl.S 71 (1)

PLATE

-Pneutnostorr. e

Monfie Collar

vestigial FIcoellu

;,„,1 icmalc- Kcnital svslcm. Fi(.. D. cnlargol ,.c.us. cp.i.luilh.s. .-hI vas

sln)\vin<; iiilciiial sinutuits.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 9

M. pilsbryi was found abundantly in coffee groves, well

shaded by a thick canopy of large trees, under the bark of rot-

ting logs. Moisture was plentiful; in the mountain rain forest,

the daily rainfall during 10 months of the year provided an

abundance, and moderate amounts occurred in the other 2

months.

Young shells are more depressed than the adults, and the spiral

striae are more apparent, because of the thinness of the shells.

M. pilsbryi has a larger umbilicus and more strongly shouldered

whorls than M. termitarum, which also is included tentatively in

the subgenus Pulchriconus.

Genitalia (pi. 2, figs. C and D) : Ovotestis bilobed; each lobe

with 5-7 claviform lobules; hermaphroditic duct straight and

enlarged basally. Carrefour small, exposed; talon very small,

ovoid, compressed and with very long stalk. Albumen gland elon-

gate and compressed. Prostate with about 20 equal convolutions,

which are not distinct because partially imbedded in uterus.

Spermatheca subpentagonal, imbedded at base of pericardial side

of albumen gland, with duct relatively long, columellar in posi-

tion, and enlarged at base. Cloaca short and stout; opening just

below and behind right ommatophore. Free vas deferens very

large, especially near prostate, with thick muscular wall; passes

between penis and vagina, encircles base of former, and continues

up penial side to epiphallus; held in place by a muscular band

that encircles it and middle of penis, Vas "epiphallus" developed

in terminal loop and held to penial apex by another muscular

band, which encircles both and is connected to the vas band by

a slender ribbon of muscle fibers;^ epiphallic lumen smaller than

that of vas for i/^ the length of the 1st (vas) limb chamber, be-

yond which it continues as a duct that gives rise to an included

blind pouch, 2 expanded in 2nd (penial) limb into a bulbous

chamber, and narrowed again to enter penis through a terminally

bifurcate, vergic papilla, in a bulbous sheath within penial

lumen. Penis short and very stout, cylindric.

Radula (pi. 2, fig. B) very similar to that of M. wilhelmi, but

mesocone of first lateral more lanceolate. Entocone developing

on 7th lateral and persisting through marginals, as Baker (1927)

found.

MiCROCONUs (Pulchriconus?) termitarum Pilsbry.

M. termitarum Pilsbry, 1926, pp. 80-81, fig. 12a. Type and only

1 These bands and ribbon may represent modifications of the penial re-

tractor, but the latter is considered non-existent in M. Pilsbryi since they

could not function as such.

2 Apparently equivalent to "vestigial flagellum" (Baker, 1927) in M.

wilhelmi.

10 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

known locality: Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Panama

(ANSP. 140824).

Literature Cited

Baker, H. Burrington. 1927. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

vol. 19, pp. 223-246, pis. 15-20, figs. 1-55.

. 1940. Naut., vol. 54 (2), pp. 54-62, pis. 4-5, figs. 1-20.

Goodrich, Calvin and Henry van der Schalie. 1937. Misc. Pub.

Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 34, pp. 1-50, pi. 1, map 1.

Pfeiffer, Ludwig. 1866. Malacoz. Blatter, vol. 13, pp. 76-91.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1926. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol.

18, pp. 57-126, text-figs. 1-40, pis. 9-11.

Strebel, Hermann und Georg Pfeffer. 1880. Mex. Land- imd

Siissw.-Conchyl.-IV. Hamburg, pp. 1-112, pis. 1-15.

SPHAERIUM NITIDUM AND S. PATELLA

By H. B. HERRINGTON

Sphaerium NITIDUM Clessin vs. 5. tenue Prime.

Apparently, according to the judgment of Dr. Horace B. Baker,

"Cyclas tenuis Prime, 1852, is the only valid publication and

later ones do not affect its problem." Others agreed with this in

principle.

Because Prime's small creek specimens of C. tenuis from New

Bedford, Mass., of 1852, which may have had some slight resem-

blance to Sphaerium occidentale Prime, 1860, appear to have

been given by him to the Boston Society of Natural History, and

cannot be located now, C tenuis, 1852, is completely unidenti-

fiable.

In 1853, Prime added to this locality and placed specimens

from the Androscoggin River, Maine, under the same name;

again in 1865 he used Sphaerium tenue (Prime) for these Andro-

scoggin shells. In 1865, he dropped New Bedford from his "Hab."

Since he lists S. tenue (Prime) as "5" under S. occidentale

Prime, 1860, when he catalogued his specimens before giving his

collection to the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,

Mass., in 1895, the shell in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,

no. 19474, which also came from the Androscoggin River, and

which is labeled Sphaerium tenue Prime, 1865, not 1852, must

be considered a misidentification. This specimen is a local form

of S. nitidum Clessin, 1876, which would not occur at New Bed-

ford, Mass. For these reasons, Sphaerium nitidum Clessin, 1876,

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 11

must be used instead of S. tenue (Prime), 1865.

Sphaerium patella (Gould) vs. 5. primeanum Clessin.

An examination of specimens of 5. primeanum Clessin, 1878,

from several museums and of 3 sets of S. patella (Gould), 1850,

from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, has revealed that the

shells of S. patella are immature, somewhat weathered specimens

of what was later described, by Clessin, as S. primeanum,. Al-

though the patella shells do lack the usual bluish nacre of

primeanum, this is the result of immaturity, weathering or a

different kind of habitat, or a combination of two or more of

these factors.

The color of the nacre of S. primeanum varies greatly. I find

that the darker the periostracum and the more encrusted with

foreign matter, the darker is the shade of the nacre. Some speci-

mens that are not encrusted and have a lighter shade of perio-

stracum also have only a pale blue nacre. [I also have found this

to be the case with S. fabale (Prime) . And, I have seen 5. striati-

num (Lamarck) with a deep blue nacre.] I have one shell with

the pale patella mere, received from W. J. Eyerdam, which has

the usual primeanum size.

FEEDING HABITS OF TWO SPECIES OF ODOSTOMIA

By J. FRANCES ALLEN

Department of Zoology, University of Maryland

Fretter and Graham (1949) when describing the structure of

the Pyramidellidae state that they are ectoparasites, each species

feeding on a particular host, usually a tubiculous worm or a

lamellibranch mollusk, obtaining attachment to the body by

means of an oral sucker, piercing the body wall with the buccal

stylet, and sucking blood and perhaps tissue debris by means of

the buccal pump. Six species of this family are listed with their

respective hosts, one having two hosts. The same authors state,

"They will be found to feed on no other animal." Marshall

(1900) notes the presence of Turbonilla rufescens on the leath-

ery tube of a sessile annelid and Odostomia albella with littorinas.

Gardiner (1934) mentions the occurrence of O. perezi with

Phascalion strombi. Cole (1951) describes the effects of O. euli-

moides on oysters (Ostrea edulis) and Cole and Hancock (1955)

12 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

are of the opinion that the Pyramidellidae may be less host spe-

cific than has been suggested previously, and discuss the feeding

of Odostomia scalaris on Mytiliis edidis and, for the first time,

report Chrysallida obtiisa on oysters. O. seminiida has been ob-

served by Robertson (1957) to feed on Crepidida fornicata.

Loosanoff (1956) states that O. bisuturalis is found in large num-

bers on small oysters {Crassostrea virginica) in New England

waters and Hopkins (1956) points out that O. impressa attaches

itself to large oysters. Allen (1954) reported finding O. bisutur-

alis in the Little Annemessex River of Chesapeake Bay thus ex-

tending its distributional record south of Delaware Bay (Ab-

bott, 1954) . Their presence in an area well removed from oyster

bars and other hard bottom indicates that this species is not

specific for oysters and the occurrence of O. impressa under

similar conditions indicates the same could be true for it.

Berry (1954), says that the morphology and ecology of the

North Atlantic species indicates that the Pyramidellidae are

obligatory ecto-parasites possessing strong opisthobranch ten-

dencies and that the close host-parasite specificity indicated with

other mollusks, annelids, coelenterates "affords the first reason-

able explanation of the existence of so many often closely re-

lated sympatric species and opens a wide untilled field to the

student of parasitism. ..."

The author wishes to express her appreciation to the General

Research Board of the University of Maryland for the grant

which made this study possible and to Mr. Joseph A. Marshall

and Mr. Kent S. Price for their assistance.

Methods: Odostomia impressa, apparently the most abundant

pyramidellid in the area, and O. bisuturalis, as a second form,

were selected for the investigation to determine whether or not

cither species is host specific. Oysters; wigeon grass, Riippia

maritima; mud and general bottom materials were collected by

means of an oyster dredge from the Maryland waters of Chesa-

peake Bay, including Pocomoke and Tangier Sounds, the Little

and Big Annemessex Rivers, and the Manokin River. The oysters

and the empty shells were examined macroscopically and micro-

scopically both on the outside and the inside, and the grass, mud,

and debris were washed through U. S. Standard sieves and the

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 13

two species, when found, were isolated.

Each species was given the opportunity of feeding on various

potential hosts, including oysters; Crepidula convexa; Bittium

varium, Pfr. and several other gastropods; polychaete worms,

and the tunicate, Molgula. Observations were also noted on the

length of feeding time.

Some of the oysters were stained with neutral red which was

found to be satisfactory for our purpose and which has been

successfully used on oyster larvae (Loosanoff and Davis, 1947) .

The oysters were submerged into plastic vessels containing aer-

ated bay water to which the solution of dye was added. After

several days, the oysters were rinsed by several changes of water

to prevent any color being in the water. The left valve was re-

moved from each oyster and a number of O. impressa placed on

the oyster and at the margin of the valve, in the vicinity of the

mantle. To assure that any color taken up by the pyrams must

come as a result of feeding and not from any undetectable color

in the water, specimens were placed in a vial covered with a 3"

U. S. Standard sieve No. 200 so that the water could circulate

freely about them. The set-up was left undisturbed for 24 hours.

The snails were then removed from the vial and from the oysters

and examined with a binocular microscope.

Observations and Discussion: Both O. impressa and O. bi-

suturalis were observed in small characteristic pockets along the

margin of the shell, and also were distributed in general on the

outside of the shell. They were often found at the mouth of the

tubes of the tubiculous worms which adhere to the shell. The

laminated condition of the shell as described by Cole and Han-

cock (1955) was observed here. After removing one valve, groups

of the snails up to 12 in number were found concentrated in the

vicinity of the mantle, in one group, with a total of 17 asso-

ciated with a single oyster. Cole and Hancock (1955) report

finding up to seven specimens of O. eulimoides in one dying

oyster. No damage to the adductor muscle was found as described

by Cole (1951) and Cole and Hancock (1955). However, the

ridged condition of the shell as described by these same authors

did occur.

O. impressa attached itself to Bittium varium with great vigor.

The prey gave the characterictic 'jerk' as described by Fretter

14 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

and Graham (1949) when describing the feeding technique of

Odostomia on worms. When other organisms were placed in the

same container, Bittium was usually selected as the chosen food.

If disturbed so the O. impressa ceased feeding it would start

over again when the disturbance was removed. It was possible to

hold Bittium with forceps and move it about while impressa was

feeding witliout causing it to withdraw the proboscis.

O. scalaris has been observed to protrude its proboscis into the

siphonal canal of Mytilus edulis and remain in that position for

several days (Cole and Hancock, 1955) . Robertson (1957) notes

that O. seminuda would attach to the mantle of C. fornicata for

several seconds at a time. O. impressa fed on the oyster for long

periods and on Bittium for more than two hours. It is not diffi-

cult to see the action of the buccal pump and the actual feeding

when observations are made with a binocular microscope.

O. impressa, in addition to the oyster and Bittium fed readily

on Crepidula convexa; Triphora nigrocincta; the oyster drill,

Urosalpinx cinerea; a polychaete worm; at the incurrent siphon

of the tunicate, Molgula; and on another species of pyram, prob-

ably O. gibbosa. It was noted that this species would not feed on

T. nigrocincta if any one of the other forms mentioned was

available.

When the snails were removed from the stained oysters, they

had become pink in color. Since the pyrams are white except for

the black eyes and the shells more or less transparent, the pink

color was readily observed. When they protruded from the

shells, the animals themselves were definitely pink. Since the

specimens which had been placed in the vial, as a control, showed

no pink color, obviously the neutral red had been taken up with

the body fluids of the oyster during feeding.

Although O. bisuturalis occurred on the oyster shell and along

the margin of the shell, this species was not observed to feed on

the oyster meat nor on any other potential prey mentioned.

They were abundant on the shells and in the washings from the

grass. When placed adjacent to B. xiarium they never made any

attempt to pierce the animal but they would crawl onto the

shell. When this was noted bisuturalis was placed with specimens

of Bittium which were dark green from the plant material on

their shells. After moving onto the Bittium shell the pyram

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 15

would protrude its proboscis and the body would move continu-

ally in a circular pattern. While being closely watched, it was

observed that the algae was cleaned from the shell leaving a

small round spot. Occasionally, when the pyram moved in a

forward direction, a clear white area would appear. Additional

observations are necessary to clearly define the feeding habits of

O. hisuturalis.

Summary

This investigation has shown that Odostomia impressa is not

host specific for oysters and the feeding habits of Odostomia

bisuturalis are not clearly defined. The evidence reported here

and that which has been contributed by workers in the field and

cited indicates that the Pyramidellidae do not appear to be a

family of host specific ectoparasites.

Literature Cited

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American seashells. Van Nostrand, New

York.

Allen, J. Frances. 1954. Notes on the gastropods collected in the

vicinity of Crisfield, Maryland. Naut. 67 (3) : 92-94.

Berry, S. Stillman. 1954. Importance of the large pyramidellid

elements in the west American fauna. Amer. Malacol. Union

Ann. Rept.: 22.

Cole, H. A. 1951. An Odostomia attacking oysters. Nature, Lond.

7^5:953-954.

Cole, H. A. and D. A. Hancock. 1955. Odostomia as a pest of

oysters and mussels. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. 34 {\) :25-31.

Fretter, V. and A. Graham. 1949. The structure and mode of life

of the Pyramidellidae parasitic opisthobranchs. J. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. U. K. i<9(2):493-532.

Hopkins, Sewell H. 1956. Odostomia impressa parasitizing south-

ern oysters. Science 134 (3223) : 628-629.

Gardiner, A. P. 1934. The littoral zone. Jour. Conch. 26>: 65-76.

Loosanoff, V. L. 1956. Two obscure oyster enemies in New

England waters. Science. 123 (3208) :11 19-1 120.

Loosanoff, V. L. and H. C. Davis. 1947. Staining of oyster larvae

as a method for studies of their movements and distribution.

Science. 106 (2763) :598.

Marshall, J. T. 1900. Additions to 'British Conchology'. Jour.

Conch. :9: 284-296.

Robertson, Robert. 1957. Gastropod host of an Odostomia.

Naut. 70 (3) :96-97.

16 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

HELIX POMATIA COLONY AT JACKSON, MICHIGAN

Bv HKNRV \ AX DER SCHALIE and DEE S. DUNDEE

On September 13, 1957, Helix pomatia was again collected in

the region of Union Street in Jackson, Michigan. This colony

was originally reported 20 years ago by A, F. Archer (Nautilus,

51: 61-65, 1937) . The snails were then common in the garden of

an Italian family by the name of Maddalena, where, five years

previously, they had been introduced as a food. The neighbors

complained about the introduction and claimed that the snails

were damaging their gardens. However, Archer stated that he

thought the animals were harmless. At that time Meisenheimer

(1912: 119) had published the following statement (as trans-

lated into English) : "The existence of many plants might well

be at stake if they are not protected against being eaten by the

snails through the above mentioned media (hairs, acrid juices,

etc.) . Particularly endangered are those plants which contain

sweet tasting materials to which the snails are particularly dis-

posed, and certainly cultivated plants of this kind might well be

placed under the special care of humans."

More recently, Fromming (1954: 283, table 6) indicated that

H. pomatia eats a wide variety of vegetables. In a summary way,

he (1954: 360-61) stated: 'Trom the information given above it

follows without any doubt that these snails must be considered

most dangerous in cultivated regions since a simple estimation

shows what great damage a couple of thousand of these animals

can inflict in a short time."

A number of changes have occurred in this colony in the 20

years since Archer's account was written. The block into which

they were originally placed has become much more urban;

houses with lawns surrounding them now fill the entire block.

The back yards are now far more open and there is less cover

for the snails than formerly. At the time of the first report, some

of us tacitly assumed that the snails would probably not cross

the macadam pavements of the streets and might thus remain

confined to the block where they were originally placed. Unfor-

tunately, this assumption has proven quite erroneous because

these snails now occupy several blocks east and west of their

original site and they were reliably reported to have gone a long

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 17

distance to the south. That the colony had spread and was main-

taining itself was evident from the fact that on many occasions

William G. Fargo gathered specimens which he supplied to us

for class work. A neighbor informed us that the snails had be-

come established in the Fargo garden.

During our recent collecting trip H. pomatia were obtained

along the back border of one yard at 1015 Third Street where a

good cover of grass and vines ran along the fence margin. Some

adults and many young were taken. Dee Dundee collected a good

series of snails of all ages in this same region three years ago. In

a neighboring yard to the north (1009 Third Street), the Rev.

Emil A. Runkel kindly took us to the small garden in his back

yard where we learned that the snails were very destructive to

his produce. He explained that unless he used pellets of a mol-

luscocide called "Bug-Geta", he could not have a garden. The

metaldehyde (produced and distributed by a firm in California)

proved to be a reasonably good eradicator, but we did find a few

snails in that garden. Rev. Runkel stated that he had seen snails

moving over his lawn and into his garden from an adjoining

yard during and after rains. Damage was inflicted by the snails

on tomatoes, lettuce, cabbage and strawberries. Radishes were

eaten avidly and proved impossible to grow at all. On the other

hand, carrots were reported unharmed. Another neighbor found

that flowers in her garden were often damaged. The people in

the community agreed that uncultivated yards evidently pro-

vided the kind of ground cover in which the colony could thrive

and maintain itself.

The history of this colony in Jackson clearly indicates that

more rigid control is necessary to avoid such introductions. Pos-

sibly concerted effort may yet enable the eradication of this

colony. It is gradually spreading and these animals may in time

be a source of serious damage to truck and vegetable crops. The

history of Helix aspersa O. F. Miiller in California is an example

of what should be avoided in Michigan. Often those who intro-

duce the animals are unaware of the seriousness of the problems

they may inflict on a community. Several years ago a physician,

who was intrigued by the prospects of having such large and

handsome snails on his farm, called by telephone to inquire

whether he should introduce them there. The information given

18 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

him probably discouraged him from carrying out that idea, but

one wonders how many similar plans may have succeeded with-

out anyone to dissuade the introducer.

Problems of eradication are difficult and often costly in the

time consumed and materials needed. One always hopes to find

some biological method of control. Unfortunately, the number

of predators listed for Helix pomatia are few. Fromming (1954:

364) listed starlings, ravens, magpies; frogs, toads; moles; in un-

usual situations, leeches; and the slug, Arion empiricorum Fer.

is reported to have a predilection for the young H. pomatia.

Wild and Lawson (1937: 355) in their study of enemies of the

land and freshwater mollusks in the British Isles mention the

shrew, bank vole, common vole, reed warbler, wheatear, Kentish

plover, common snipe, jack snipe, herring gull, land rail, water-

rail and a beetle, Silpha. These several enemies are animals com-

mon to the European continent. The predators that are most

effective in the Jackson area are, as yet, undetermined. As to

sources of information dealing with molluscocidal control, W. H.

White and A. C. Davis (1942:8) in a bulletin entitled "Land

slugs and snails and their control" have a section devoted to

poison baits in which they suggest that arsenicals and metalde-

hyde are effective. The summary of an earlier paper by A. L.

Lovett and A. B. Black (1920) stated that: "Bordeaux mixture,

either liquid or dry, is an excellent repellent. Calcium arsenate

prepared as a bait is readily devoured and is highly toxic to

slugs. A combination of a repellent and a poison bait constitutes

the most effective control procedure."

References

Archer, A. F. 1937. Helix pomatia Linne in Jackson, Michigan.

Nautilus, 57: 61-63.

Fromming, Ewald. 1954. Biologic der mitteleuropaischen Land-

gastropoden. Duncker R: Humblot, Berlin, pp. 1-404.

Lovett, A. L. and A. B. Black. 1920. The gray garden slug. Ore-

gon Agr. College Exp. Station, Bull. 170: 1-43.

Meisenheimer, Johannes. 1912. Die Weinbergschnecke, Helix

pomatia L. Werner Klinkhardt, Leipzig, pp. 1-140.

White, W. H. and A. C. Davis. 1942. Land slugs and snails and

their control. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmer's Bull. 1895: 1-8.

Wild, S. V. and A. K. Lawson. 1937. Enemies of the land and

freshwater Mollusca of the British Isles. J. of Conch., 20:

351-361.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 19

NEW RECORDS OF WEST INDIAN STREPTAXIDAE

By WILLIAM J. CLENCH

Two species of streptaxids, S. glaher Pfeiffer and S. deplanchei

Drouet have been collected recently in St. Thomas and St.

Martin.

Mr. G. A. Seaman collected S. glaher Pfeiffer on St. Thomas,

Virgin Islands, and S. deplanchei Drouet on the Island of St.

Martin in the northern portion of the Lesser Antilles. Both of

these species were introduced into these islands probably on

plants or otlier imported material from northern South America

in rather recent times.

Of the two species, S. glaher is the more abundant and prob-

ably reached as far north as Barbados in pre-Columbian times.

S deplanchei is a rare species, to judge by our collections, and has

not been reported heretofore in the West Indies.

Diaphora hicolor Hutton, an emigrant from Asia, has been

recorded from several localities in the West Indies. It was intro-

duced, possibly, first into Trinidad from India and has since

spread to many islands in the West Indies. I append such locali-

ties as I believe may be new for the record.

Streptaxis (Streptartemon) glaber Pfeiffer.

Streptaxis glahra Pfeiffer 1849 [1850], Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

p. 126 (Demerara [British Guiana]) ; Pfeiffer 1850. Conchylien-

Cabinet (2), 1, pt. 12, sec. 2, p. 21, pi. 124, fig. 4-7 (Demerara).

Specimens examined: Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana. Kartabo,

British Guiana. Machango, Distr. Bolivar, State of Zulia, Vene-

zuela. Itacoatiara; Caruoeiro, Rio Negro; Manaos and Santa

Maria, Lower Rio Negro, all Amazonas, all Brasil. Usine, Ste.

Madeline, San Fernando, Trinidad. Blowers, Barbados. St.

Thomas, Virgin Islands.

Streptaxis (Streptartemon) deplanchei Drouet.

Streptaxis deplanchei Drouet 1859, Mem. Soc. Acad. Aube,

23, p. 352, pi. 1, fig. 6-9 (He la Mere, 3 miles off Cayenne I.,

French Guiana) .

Specimens examined: St. Martin, Lesser Antilles. Cayenne

[French Guiana]. Ceara Mirim, Rio Grande do Norte, Brasil.

Diaphora bicolor (Hutton) .

Pupa hicolor Hutton, J. 1834, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 3,

p. 93 (Mirzapur, India) .

20 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Specimens examined: Cdrdenas, Matanzas, Cuba. El Purio,

Calabazar de Sagua, Las Villas, Cuba. Isle of Pines. Bethlehem;

Rust-op-Twist and Concordia, St. Croix, Virgin Ids. Puerto

Sosua, Santo Domingo, Hispaniola.

NEW LAND SNAIL FROM QUEENSLAND

Bv ALAN SOLEM

Chicago Natural History Museum

In the process of examining Pacific Ocean land snails at the

University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, several specimens

labeled with manuscript names of John Brazier were discovered.

Some have been subsequently described by other people, but I

have been unable to locate any reference to the shell labeled

"Endodonta creon Brazier" which is described below. This

species sheds important light on the affinities of the genus

Theskelomensor, and description of the single available specimen

as a distinct species seems worthwhile.

TheskelomExXsor creon, new species. PI. 3, figs. 1-3

A species of Theskelomensor with a moderately wide umbili-

cus, loosely coiled whorls, and the periphery with a cord-like

keel. Shell small, thin, depressed-trochoidal, periphery of body

whorl with a thread-like keel. Whorls by^, slightly rounded,

sutures little impressed. Spire only slightly elevated, base of shell

inflated. Apical whorls 1 1/2, smooth. Remaining whorls with

sculpture of close-set, wavy, spiral lines partially interrupted by

weak, slightly retractive growth striae. Aperture subtriangular,

lip thin and not reflected. Parietal callus thin, white. Umbilicus

open deep, contained 3.35 times in the diameter. Epidermal

color translucent horn, underlying calcareous layer white. Diam-

eter 6.7 mm., height 2.6 mm.

Holotype, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology 136666

from 20 miles northwest of Cardwell, Queensland, Australia.

Comparisons: The only Australian species related to this

novelty is Theskelomensor lizardensis (Pfeiffer) . The sculpture,

shape, coloration, type of whorl increment, and apertures are

similar, but the two species are easily separated (see figs. 1-6) .

T. lizardensis (figs. 4-6) has a supraperipheral keel, more whorls,

and a wider umbilicus than does T. creon.

Outside of Australia, the most similar shells are found in

Philippine Island — New Guinea Jnozonites — Pareuplecta —

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 21

Zagmena complex. The Philippine species /. bicarinata Semper,

/. biangulata Pfeiffer, /. boholensis PfeifFer, and /. reyesi Hidalgo

have the 2-keeled sculpture and shape of T. lizardensis. Other

Philippine species (such as P. subterranea Quadras and Moel-

lendorfF) and the New Guinea "Zagmena" (such as pratti Gude

and haematina MoellendorflP) have the single keel of T. creon.

All the above species differ from Theskelomensor in having the

umbilicus barely perforate and the radial sculpture more promi-

nent than the spiral sculpture. In the Ceylonese Euplecta, how-

ever, there occurs the same deep umbilicus and prominent spiral

sculpture found in Theskelomensor .

The taxonomic position of Helix lizardensis Pfeiffer has long

been uncertain, and Iredale's proposal of Theskelomensor only

served to emphasize its uncertain position. The thread-like keel,

smooth apical whorl and kind of microsculpture remove it from

the Endodontidae, just as the thread-like double keels make it

improbable that T. lizardensis belongs to the Trochomorphinae.

The discovery of a second Australian species with only a single

keel ties the shell into the helicarionid "Euplecta" series. The

anatomy of these species is imperfectly known, and placement in

one of the subfamilies of the Helicarionidae (=: Ariophantidae)

is not yet possible. The exact relationships of Inozonites, Eu-

plecta, Pareuplecta, Theskelomensor, and Zagmena remain to be

determined. Euplecta and Theskelomensor seem to be "good"

genera, but the Philippine-New Guinea species placed in Pareu-

plecta, Inozonites, and Zagmena show no conchological differ-

ences which seem indicative of generic separation.

Zoogeographical comments: Southeast Asia and Indonesia

represent a center of evolution from which successive waves of

organisms have populated the other parts of the Indo-Pacific

area. Relict distributions around the fringes of Indonesia are

well known in many groups of animals and would be expected

to occur in land snails. Unfortunately studies of the land snails

in the past fifty years have tended to be faunistic surveys rather

than systematic monographs. As a result cases of relict distribu-

tions are buried under an avalanche of generic and family names

proposed for species of one area without regard for any extra-

limital relatives. Much more important than faunistic surveys,

are systematic reviews of genera and families which will enable

22 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

us to determine the basic distribution patterns and study the

possible origins of the faunas of individual areas.

Theskelomensor, if proved to be a helicarionid related to the

Euplecta series, becomes an Asian element in the fauna of

Queensland. As an endodontid, it becomes another endemic

Australian taxon. Since the structure of T. creon provides some

evidence that Theskelomensor belongs definitely to the Heli-

carionidae, it has been thought worthwhile to describe the

species, even though only one shell is available. Only through

such small additions to our knowledge will an eventual picture

of Pacific land snail distribution emerge.

LIFE HISTORY STUDIES OF CAMPELOMA DECISUM

By NORMAN A. CHAMBERLAINi

Only a few studies pertaining to the life history of the genus

Campeloma (family Viviparidae, order Prosobranchiata) have

been published. The genus is restricted to lakes and streams of

eastern North America (Baker, '28) including some lakes and

streams of piedmont North Carolina (Walter, '54) . For these

reasons the snail Campeloma decisum was chosen for a study of

some aspects of its life history.

The first account of the morphology of the reproductive sys-

tem in Campeloma (Call, 1888) was confined to the gross ana-

tomy of male and female C. siibsolidum. A more complete study

of the morphology of the female reproductive tract in C. rufum

was made by Mattox ('38) . Crabb ('29) published an observa-

tion of young C. decisum being released in the laboratory. Young

snails in the uterus (i.e., gestatory sac) of C. rufum were described

by Mattox ('85) as being enclosed in an egg membrane with no

connection to the adult uterine wall.

Parthenogenesis was demonstrated in C. rufum by Mattox

('37) in a study based on histological examination. An abortive

second maturation division was shown which left the ovum with

the somatic number of chromosomes: — 12. Pollister and Pollister

('40) reported the results of a number of studies they had made

on somatic chromosome numbers in ten species of the family

Viviparidae. They found in four species of Campeloma and in

iHonors research in zoology at the University of North Carolina under

direction of Dr. C. E. Jenncr.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 23

six other species a variation of 24 to 28 chromosomes in somatic

cells. They reasoned that if Mattox's count (12) was correct,

then there were two possibilities: either C. rufum is a partheno-

genetic haploid animal and the ten other viviparids studied are

diploid; or C. rufum is a parthenogenetic diploid animal and

the ten other viviparids studied are tetraploid. They concluded

that the latter is the more likely.

Medcof ('40) published a study on aspects of the life history

of Cnmpeloma (cf. C. decisum) in Ontario.

This study was limited to aspects of the life history of C. de-

cisum including population analysis, growth, feeding, reproduc-

tion, and parasitism.

Materials and MetJiods: Snails were collected from Univer-

sity Lake, 3.5 miles S.W. of Chapel Hill, North Carolina. The

snails (pi. 3, fig. 7) were named as Campeloma decisum (Say) by

Dr. William Clench of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at

Harvard College, and a collection was placed in that museum

(MCZ. No. 212378) . All collections were taken from an area

covering about 50 yards along the east shore and extending out

about 10 yards into the lake. The material was collected with a

hand dredge consisting of a wire basket with mesh 1.5 by 2.0 mm.,

on a 1.6 meter handle. The samples were obtained by dredging

through the top few centimeters of substrate in about 1 meter of

water. Since the bottom could not be seen at this depth, and all

snails caught in the dredge were included in the samples, rea-

sonably random samples probably were obtained. Since the

smallest free-living snails collected measured 2.0 mm. in their

smallest dimensions, free-living snails of all size classes were re-

tained by the dredge.

Young snails were cultured in isolation in 4.5-inch fingerbowls

containing natural substrate.

The histological preparations were fixed in Bouin's fixative,

stained with Heidenhain's iron hematoxylin, and counterstained

with eosin.

Population Analysis and Growth Rate: Collections made at all

seasons were analyzed to determine growth rates. Length fre-

quency graphs, indicating growth of the year classes through a

one-year period, are shown. From March 17, 1956, to March 13,

1957, the mean length of the 1956 year class increased from 2.99

24 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Collection of:

March 17. 1956

May 30, 1956

August 13, 1956

October 4, 1956

November 5, 1956

December 8. 1956

H March 13, 1957

Length (ram.)

Length Frequency Graphs of Collections

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 25

zt 0.18 mm. to 8.8 db 1.4 mm. (standard errors) . The March 17,

1956, collection seemed to show a 1955 year class which was

traceable through the December 8, 1956, collection. During this

time, the mean length of the 1955 year class increased from 10.1

zb 0.92 mm. to 15.4 ± 0.70 mm. After December, 1956, the 1955

year class was not distinct as a class in the population. At all

times of the year there was a mode which fluctuated between 17

and 20 mm. This mode undoubtedly included the third year

class and probably additional year classes as well. The largest

snail collected in this study measured 27.3 mm. in length.

Two cultures of young snails taken from adults by dissection

were maintained in the laboratory. These showed approximately

the same growth rates as those found in nature. Measurements

of their growth are shown in Table 1. The two individuals sur-

viving in April, 1957, were dissected and found to have very

small ovaries as are normal for this size class.

Table 1

Growth Rates of Young in the Laboratory

Collection Jan. Mar. June Sept. Jan. Apr.

Jan. 31, 1956 35(3.0) 9(5.0) 8(5.5) 6(/.0) 2(11.2) 2(14.8)

Mar. 17, 1956 — 10(3.5) 8(6.0) 3(8.2) 0 0

The first figure indicates number of living young. 1 he figure in parentheses

indicates the average length of that group.

These results are in contrast with those reported by Medcof

for a population of C. decisum in Ontario.

Feeding: No mention is made of the food of Campeloma in

the literature. Medcof and Mattox, who have published on as-

pects of the life history in this genus, state that in their studies

the food of the snails was not determined (personal communi-

cation) . The feeding action has never been described, and in

the present study no obvious feeding activity was observed.

Starved snails placed on a thin film of mud under water did not

feed at all. Allison ('42) described a method of trapping

C. rufum in a slow stream by baiting a small area with chicken

droppings. He concluded from the resulting aggregation of snails

around the bait that the snails were feeding on it. In the present

study, C. decisum in the laboratory avoided chicken droppings

placed both above and below the surface of the substrate.

In collections from nature, snails dissected within three hours

of time of collection usually had mud in the first portion of the

26 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

intestine, but after 3 hours mud could only be found in the

rectum (as feces) . After 5 hours, the gut was entirely clear.

Snails observed at the edge of the lake were almost always

half-buried in the substrate, a clayey silt with some sand and

decaying organic debris. Young have been maintained in the

laboratory for 15 months with nothing but this substrate for

food (see above) . These observations seem to indicate that

C. decisum feeds by ingesting bottom materials containing de-

caying organic matter.

Reproduction: Sexes are distinguished in living Campeloma

by the appearance of the tentacles. In males the right tentacle

is modified as a sheath for the intromittent organ and appears

shorter and much blunter than the left. In females the tentacles

are identical, both being long, thin, and pointed. On dissection

females have a clearly defined uterus lying medial to the intes-

tine and opening into the mantle cavity (Baker, '28) .

Presence of males in populations of Campeloma has been

studied by several authors. No males were found in over 1500

individuals of C. rufum from a stream in Illinois by Van Cleave

and Altringer ('37) . In a histological examination of 700 indi-

viduals of this species from the same locality, Mattox ('37)

showed clear evidence of parthenogenesis.

A sex ratio of 1:99, males to females, was found by Baker

('28) in C. decisum from Wisconsin. Medcof ('40) found no

males in 450 C. decisum from Ontario.

In this study, no males were found in over 800 individuals of

C. decisum, as judged by appearance of the tentacles and pres-

ence of a uterus. Two individuals from each collection Avere

studied histologically after the method of Mattox ('37) . Only

the early stages of meiosis (to anaphase of first meiotic division)

were found. Two rather clear metaphase stages in oogonial

division were found. Each of these showed 24 to 26 chromosomes.

The absence of males found in this and other studies seems to

point toward parthenogenesis at least in some populations of

this species. The problem of comparing results of studies on

species of the genus Campeloma is greatly complicated by a con-

fusion in the taxonomy of the group (Medcof, '40) .

The ovaries studied were found to be most active in division

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 27

during the period from July to October. Mattox ('37) found

most activity in October.

Medcof ('40) found the parturition period in C. decisum

from Ontario to occur from March to September. In the present

study, parturition was found to occur from mid-March until

the end of June. The greatest release of young occurs in late

March and early April. Size of intra-uterine young apparently

is not the sole stimulus for parturition, since from October to

March the average maximum size of intrauterine is greater than

the minimum size of young released in nature (Table 2) . The

instigation of the release does not seem to be related to the water

temperature at the time of release.

Table 2

Average maximum length (mm.) of intra-uterine young

and lake temperature (10 day average, °C.) for winter

1956-1957 collections

Collection Average length Temperature^

Oct. 4, 1956 2.3 21.0

Nov. 5 1956 3.1 19.5

Dec. 8, 1956 3.4 15.5

Jan. 12, 1957 3.5 11.7

Mar. 13, 1957^ 3.6 15.0

The smallest gravid snail found was 15.0 mm. in length (col-

lection of August 8, 1956) . Two others of this size class were

also gravid. The 15 mm. size class in August is included in the

1954 year class, so age at sexual maturity is probably 2 years. At

no time was a gravid snail found which belonged to a size class

under two years old.

Parasitism: Some collections included snails infected with a

metacercaria in the uterus (Table 3) . This trematode was identi-

fied as Leucochloridomorpha constantiae (Mueller) by Dr. W.

W. Cort. Allison ('43) described the life cycle of the trematode

as occurring in the black duck (Anas riibripes) as an adult and

passing the larval stages in C. rujum. The black duck is found

commonly on University Lake in winter. Metacercariae were

found only in the uteri of snails bearing young, a fact not pre-

viously reported.

2Temperatures are given as averages of five days before and four days after

each collection. All temperature data were obtained from the Chapel Hill

Water Works.

SThis collection marks the beginning of parturition. Free-living young

were not present on March 11, 1957.

Summary

1. Population samples of Campeloma decisum (Say) taken

over a period of eighteen months from University Lake, Chapel

Hill, North Carolina, have been subjected to field and labora-

tory analysis.

2. The year class released in March has a mode of shell length

at 3 mm. By the following October the mode is at 8 mm., and by

March of the next year it is at 10 mm.

3. Immature snails were maintained in the laboratory for

sixteen months with only natural substrate (clayey silt with some

sand and decaying organic debris) for food.

4. No males were found in over 800 individuals examined.

5. Parturition occurs from mid-March to the end of June,

being heaviest in late March and early April.

6. Average maximum size of intra-uterine young is greater

than minimum size released in nature for five months prior to

release of young.

7. The smallest gravid individuals found were 15 mm. in

shell length, indicating two years as age of sexual maturity.

8. Infection of some snails by metacerceriae of Leucochlori-

domorpha constnntiae was found.

Bibliography

Allison, L. N. 1942. Science 95 (2457) : 131-132.

. 1942. Trans. Amer. Micro. Soc. 62 (2) : 127-168.

Baker, F. C. 1928. The fresh water Mollusca of Wisconsin. Part

I, Gastropoda. Wise. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 70

(I).

Call, R. E. 1888. Amer. Nat. 22: 491-497.

Crabb, E. D. 1929. Naut. 42 (4) : 125-129.

Mattox, N. T. 1935. Amer. Midi. Nat. 16 (2) : 144-153.

. 1936. Anat. Rec. 67: 11-^2.

. 1937. Zeit. Zellf. u. mikros. Anat. 27: 455-467.

NAUTILUS

(1)

PLATE 3

5

Figs. 1-3. TlieskeloDieiisor creoii Solem. holotvpe, Uni\ei"sit\ ot Mich. Mu-

seum of Zoology 13()(3(36. 20 miles X^\'. of C.aichvell, Queensland, Australia.

Fk;s. 4-6. T. lizardcnsis (Pfeiffer) . Chicago Nat. Hist. Museum 46356. I

Island, North (Queensland. Scale equals 5 mm.

i/ard

Ik;. 7. CampeJoma decisum, X2i/2. from drawing bv Roger Davis.

NAUl ILUS 72 (1

PLATE 4

Vasinti inutiratuin (Born): I, shell (3i/, indies long). .'?. Kuliila (cential

and right lateral) X 7.5. 5, opercnhnn (at left is outer, at right, inner side) X

I. /'. ((if>itrlluni (Linne) : 'J. siieil (2i/2 inches lonj;) . I. radula (lenlial and

left lateral) X 7.5. 6, operculum (outer side at left, inner at right) X 1.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 29

1938. Jour. Morph. 62 (2) : 243-257.

Medcof, J. C. 1940. Canad. Jour. Res. 18 (D5) : 165-172.

Pollister, A. W. and P. F. Pollister. 1940. Anat. Rec. 18 (4) : 128.

Van Cleave, H. J. and D. A. Altringer. 1937. Amer. Nat. 77

(733): 167-184.

Walter, W. M. 1954. Mollusks of the upper Neuse River, North

Carolina. Ph.D. thesis, Duke University.

RADULA AND OPERCULUM OF VASUM CAPITELLUM

Bv GERMAINE L. WARMKE

Institute of Marine Biology, University of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez

Vasum capitellum (Linne) previously has been reported from

Puerto Rico, (Abbott, 1950), but to our knowledge, its radula

and operculum have not been described.

This beautiful species is rarely found on the beaches. Follow-

ing a strong hurricane in November 1956, K. O. and A. Phares

found over 25 dead specimens of this species at Cabo Rojo Light

House, at the southwestern tip of Puerto Rico. Most of the shells

were in very good condition; many still had the periostracum,

and the operculum was present in two of the specimens. The

radula could be extracted from the decaying animal in one of

the specimens. Most of the shells still retained a bright orange

glaze on the parietal wall and in the aperture. The presence of

this color may be a local characteristic or it may be due to the

fact that the specimens were fresh. The presence of the color in

Vasum capitellum was not mentioned in Linne's 1758 original

description, nor in the "Johnsonia" monograph of Vasum (Ab-

bott, 1950) . The following notes were made from the specimens

found at Cabo Rojo Light House, Puerto Rico.

The shell (Plate 4, figs. 1, 2) of Vasum capitellum (Linn^)

can easily be separated from the more common Vasum muri-

catum (Born) by its size (capitellum 2 to 3 inches, muricatum

2i/^ to 5 inches) , by its elongated and fusiform shape, and by the

number of plicae on the columella (3 in capitellum, 5 in muri-

catum) . Color, when present on the columella and inner lip, is

orange in capitellum and purple in muricatum. The epidermis

in capitellum is light brown as compared to dark brown in

muricatum.

The radula (Plate 4, figs. 3, 4) is a long narrow ribbon, ap-

30 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

proximately 10 mm. long in V. capitellum and 14 mm. long in

V. muricatum. It is rachiglossate, each row of teeth possessing

a tricuspid central tooth and bicuspid laterals. The central tooth

of capitellum (Plate 4, fig. 4) is 126 microns wide by 93 microns

high and the central tooth of muricatum (Plate 4, fig. 3) is 266

microns wide by 213 high.

The operculum (Plate 4, figs. 5, 6) fills most of the aperture

in both species. It is horny, hard, unguiculate, curved, narrow at

one end, and rounded at the other. The muscle scar covers 1/3

to 3/4 the area of the inner side in both species. In capitellum it

is marked with few widely spaced growth lines. The muscle scar

of muricatum is marked with numerous closely set growth lines.

Although the shell of Vasum capitellum is quite different from

that of muricatum; the radula and operculum seem quite similar,

except in size.

The author wishes to thank K. O. and A. Phares for their

generosity in lending their specimens for study. Laura Roark is

responsible for the drawing. Dr. R. Tucker Abbott was kind

enough to review the manuscript critically.

Literature Cited

Abbott, R. Tucker. 1950. The genera Xancus and Vasum in the

western Atlantic. Johnsonia, Vol. 2, No. 28, pp. 201-218.

Linne, 1758. Systema Naturae, 10th edition, p. 750.

TYPES OF MOLLUSKS DESCRIBED BY F. C. BAKER

PART III, CHICAGO ACADEMY OF SCIENCES^

Bv DOROTHEA S. FRANZEN

Illinois Wesleyan University

For a period of approximately twenty years, 1894-1915, Frank

C. Baker served the Chicago Academy of Sciences as its curator.

Many of the types of the species and subspecies of mollusks

which he described during that period of time are deposited in

the museum of the Academy. Because there has been no listing

of the holotypes and paratypes of that collection, I have prepared

the following list. In some instances F. C. Baker designated a

type series instead of a holotypc and paratypes. From each of

such series I have selected a lectotype. Each lectotype is identi-

fied by the catalogue number as given in the text of this paper

1 Expenses incurred in travel necessary to prepare this list have been cov-

ered by Grant-in-Aid of the Illinois State Academy of Science.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 31

and also by its dimensions. The measurements made by F. C.

Baker are quoted whenever such are available. Others given are

those as made by the author of this paper. The procedure fol-

lowed in the preparation of this list is the same as of Parts I and

II of this series.

Galba hulimoides cassi Baker, 1911, Chicago Ac. Sci. Sp. Pub.

No. 3: 221-222, pi. 28, figs. 9-11.

Lectotype: 23948a. L., 8.5 mm.; W., 5.25 mm.; L. of ap., 5.0

mm.; W. of ap., 3.0 mm. (Baker, 1911, p. 221) . Syntypes: 23948.

(6 shells) .

Type locality: Rose Canyon, near Pacific Grove, San Diego Co.,

Calif. (C. L. Cass!) .

Galha doddsi Baker, 1911, Chicago Ac. Sci. Sp. Pub. No. 3: 203-

204, pi. 27, figs. 5-8.

Lectotype: 23937a. L., 9.0 mm.; W., 4.5 mm.; L. of ap., 4.25

mm.; W. of ap., 2.5 mm. (Baker, 1911, p. 203) . Syntypes: 23937.

(3 shells) .

Type locality: Hot Sulphur Springs, Colo. (G. S. Dodds!) .

Galba neopalustris Baker, 1911, Chicago Ac. Sci. Sp. Pub. No. 3:

376-377, pi. 39, fig. 28.

Type: 24547.

Type locality: Orange, Orange Co., Va. (Bryant Walker!)

Galha palustris alpenensis Baker, 1911, Chicago Ac. Sci. Sp. Pub.

No. 3: 315-316, pi. 33, figs. 26-33.

Types: 23486. Missing from the collection.

Type locality: Thunder Bay Island near Alpena, Alpena Co.,

Mich. (W. A. Nason!) .

Galba palustris blatchleyi Baker, 1911, Chicago Ac. Sci. Sp. Pub.

No. 3: 321-322, pi. 33, figs. 34-36.

Lectotype: 23626a. L., 20.0 mm.; W., 8.0 mm.; L. of ap. 8.5

mm.; W. of ap., 4.0 mm. (Baker, 1911, p. 321) . Syntypes: 23626.

(4 shells) .

Type locality: Turkey Lake, Kosciusko Co., Ind. (L. E.

Daniels!) .

Limnaea ferrissi Baker, 1902, Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 3 (2) : 277,

pi. 31, fig. 26.

Type: 3458.

Type locality: Rock Run, Joliet, 111. (J. H. Ferriss!) .

Limnaea reflexa crystalensis Baker, 1904, Naut. 18 (1): 11.

Lectotype: 23634a. L., 28.0 mm.; W., 10.0 mm.; L. of ap., 12.0

mm.; W. of ap. 6.0 mm. (Baker, 1904, p. 11) Syntypes: 23634.

(8 shells) .

Type locality: Crystal Lake, McHenry Co., 111. (Dr. N. H.

Lyon!) .

Limnaea reflexa iowaensis Baker, 1904, Naut. 18 (1) : 10.

Type: 23520.

32 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Type locality: Muscatine, Iowa. (Received from Bryant

Walker) .

Limnaea refiexa jolietensis, Baker, 1901, Naut. 15 (2) : 17-18.

Lectotype: 23606a. L., 24.0 mm.; W., 8.0 mm.; L. of ap., 9.5

mm.; W. of ap., 5.25 mm. (Baker, 1901, p. 17) . Syntypes: 23606.

(3 shells) .

Type locality: Rock Run, Joliet, 111. (J. H. Ferriss!) .

Limnaea woodruffi Baker, 1901, Bull. Chicago Ac. Sci. 2 (4) :

229-230, text fig. p. 229.

Lectotype: 3425a. L., 11.0 mm.; W., 8.0 mm.; L. of ap., 8.0

mm.; W. of ap., 5.00 mm. (Baker, 1901, p. 229) Syntypes: 3425

(3 shells) .

Type locality: Lake Michigan, Oak St., Chicago, 111. (F. M.

Woodruff!) .

Lymnaea dalli Baker, 1907, Naut. 20 (11): 125-126.

Lectotype: 23125a. L., 4.5 mm.; W., 2.5 mm.; L. of ap., 2.0

mm.; W. of ap., 1.1 mm. (Baker, 1907, p. 125) . Syntypes: 23125.

(5 shells) .

Type locality: Marsh, west side Lake James, Steuben Co., Ind.

Lymnaea danielsi Baker, 1906, Naut. 20 (5) : 55-56.

Lectotype: 23622a. L., 27.5 mm.; W., 11.5 mm.; L. of ap., 12.5

mm.; W. of ap. 6 mm.

Type locality: Lake Maxinkuckee, Ind. (L. E. Daniels!) . Syn-

type: 23622. (1 shell) .

Lymnaea emarginata wisconsinensis Baker, 1910, Naut. 24 (5) :

58-60.

Lectotype: 24504a. L., 27.0 mm.; W., 19.0 mm.; L. of ap., 18.0

mm.; W. of ap., 14.0 mm. Syntypes: 24504. (18 shells).

Type locality: East shore Tomahawk Lake, Oneida Co., Wise.

Lymnaea hendersoni Baker, 1909, Naut. 22 (12): 140-141.

Lectotype: 24537a. L., 6.0 mm.; W., 4.5 mm.; L. of ap. 3.9 mm.;

W. of ap. 3.6 mm. Syntypes: 24537. (5 shells) . (No. 24534 as desig-

nated in type description is an error) .

Type locality: West of Fort Collins, Laramie Co., Colo.

Lymnaea hinkleyi Baker, 1906, Naut. 19 (12): 142-143.

Lectotype: 23720a. L., 15.25 mm.; W., 9.25 mm.; L. of ap., 10.5

mm.; W. of ap., 3.5 mm. (Baker, 1906, p. 142) . Syntypes: 23720.

(4 shells) .

Type locality: North Fork Snake River, east Idaho. (A. A.

Hinkley!) .

Lymnaea jacksonensis Baker, 1907, Naut. 21 (5) : 52-54.

Lectotype: 23806a. L., 19.0 mm.; W., 10.0 mm.; L. of ap., 10.1

mm.; W. of ap., 5.0 mm. (Baker, 1907, p. 53). Syntypes: 23806.

(3 shells) .

Type locality: Jackson Lake, drained by the south fork of the

Snake River, Wyo. (H. O. Hinkley and A. A. Hinkley!) .

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 35

Lymnaea leai Baker, 1907, Naut. 20 (11): 126-127.

Type: 23653. Missing from the collection.

Type locality: Near San Francisco, Calif, (W. A. Nason!) .

Lymnaea nasoni Baker, 1906. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 16: 12,

pi. 1, figs. 1-4.

Lectotype: 23788a. L., 10.0 mm.; W., 6.75 mm.; L. of ap., 7.0

mm.; W. of ap., 5.0 mm. (Baker, 1911, p. 397) Syntypes: 23788.

(2 shells) .

Type locality: Thunder Bay Island, near Alpena, Alpena Co.,

Mich. (W. A, Nason!) .

Lymnaea nashotahensis Baker, 1909, Naut. 23 (2) : 19-21.

Types: 24539. Missing from the collection.

Type locality: Marl beds, Nashotah, Waukesha w Co., Wise.

(F. M. Woodruff!) .

Lymnaea owascoensis Baker, 1905, Naut. 18 (12) : 141.

Lectotype: 23137a. L., 8,5 mm.; W., 3.5 mm.; L. of ap., 3.5 mm.;

W. of ap., 2.0 mm. (Baker, 1905, p. 141). Syntypes: 23137. (2

shells) .

Type locality: Owasco Lake, N. Y, (Dr. Howard N. Lyon!) .

Lymnaea pseudopinguis Baker, 1907, Naut. 21 (5) : 54-55.

Lectotype: 23800a. L., 14.0 mm.; W., 8.0 mm.; L. of ap., 8.0

mm.; W. of ap., 4.3 mm. (Baker, 1911, p. 395) . Syntypes: 23800.

(4 shells) ,

Type locality: Crystal Brook, Long Island, N. Y.

Lymnaea randolphi Baker, 1904, Naut. 18 (6) : 63.

Type: 23089. Paratypes: 23090. (Designated by Baker as co-

types) .

Type locality: Marsh Lake, near Dyea Valley, Yukon Territory,

Alaska. (P. B. Randolph!) .

Lymnaea stagnalis var. higleyi Baker, 1905, Naut. 18 (12) :142.

Type: 23050.

Type locality: Michipecoten Bay, north shore, Lake Superior.

(Presented by J. H. Ferriss!) .

Lymnaea stagnalis lillianae Baker, 1910, Naut. 23 (9): 112-113

and (10): 125-126.

Lectotype: 24554a. L., 42.0 mm.; W., 22.0 mm.; L. of ap., 26.0

mm.; W. of ap., 13.0 mm. (Baker, 1910, p. 112) . Syntypes: 24554.

(4 shells) .

Type locality: Tomahawk Lake, Oneida Co., Wise.

Lymnaea sterkii Baker, 1905, Naut. 19 (5) : 51-52.

Lectotype: 23156. L., 7.75 mm.; W., 3.5 mm.; L. of ap., 3.5

mm..; W. of ap., 1.75 mm. (Baker, 1905, p. 51). Syntypes: 23155.

(4 shells) .

Type locality: Twelve miles west of Cleveland, Ohio. (Dr.

Victor Sterki!) .

Murex bituherculatus Baker, 1891, Proc. Rochester Ac. Sci. 1:

133-134.

34 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Type: 20702. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type") .

Type locality: Australia. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Murex haustellum Linne var. longicaudus Baker, 1892, Proc. Ac.

Sci. Philadelphia for 1891:56.

Type: 20701. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type") .

Type locality: Red Sea. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Ocinebra jenksii Baker, 1899, Naut. 3 (7) : 80-81.

Type: 20696. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type") .

Type locality: Not known. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Ocinebra rubra Baker, 1891, Proc. Rochester Ac. Sci. 7:134-135,.

pi. 11, figs. 6, 7.

Type: 20697. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type").

Type locality: Not known. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Ocinebra wardiana Baker, 1891, Proc. Rochester Ac. of Sci. 1:

134, pi. 11, fig. 5.

Type: 20698. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type") .

Type locality: Australia. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Planorbis bicarinatus portagensis Baker, 1908, Naut. 22 (4-5) : 45.

Type: Missing from the collection.

Type locality: Portage Lake, on Fish River, Aroostook Co.,

Maine. (O. O. Nylander!) .

Purpurea problematica Baker, 1891, Proc. Rochester Ac. Sci. 7:

135-136, pi. 11, figs. 2, 3.

Lectotype: 20704a. L., 30.0 mm.; W., 17.0 mm.; L. of ap., 20.0

mm.; W. of ap., 8.0 mm. Syntype: 20704.

Type locality: Seta coast, Japan. (Presented by Geo. H. Laflin) .

Ricinula (Sistrum) rugosoplicata Baker, 1892, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia for 1891: 58-59.

Type: 20703. (One shell in the collection; it is labelled

"Type") .

Type locality: Turtle Bay, Lower California. (Presented by

Geo. H. Laflin) .

Sphaerium lilycashense Baker, 1898, Naut. 12 (6) : 65-66.

Lectotype: 18105a. L., 14.0 mm.; H., 11.0 mm.; B., 8.5 mm.

Syntypes: 10106, 18105. (14 shells) .

Type locality: Lilycash Creek, Joliet, 111. (J. H. Handwerk!) .

NOTES AND NEWS

Dates of Nautilus. — Vol. 71, no. 1, pp. 1-36, pi. 1, was mailed

Aug. 16, 1957. No. 2, pp. 37-72, pis. 2-4, Nov. 4, 1957. No. 3, pp.

July, 1958 NAUTILUS 35

73-116, pis. 5-9, Mar. 4, 1958. No. 4, pp. 117-152, i-viii, pis. 10-12,

April 24, 1958.— H. B. B.

Mary E. (Jones) Bales. — All malacologists will hear with sor-

row of the death of Mrs. Blenn R. Bales, after a short illness, on

November 14, 1957, in Circleville, Ohio. She was born Aug. 7,

1881, in the same town, and was married to Dr. Bales (1876-1946,

Naut. 60:101) on June 6, 1900. They are survived by their daugh-

ter, Mrs. B. R. Deming, and son, Blenn D., to whom our deepest

sympathies are tendered.— H. B. B., C. B. W. and R. T. A.

A Sinistral shell of Cepaea hortensis. — During seven sum-

mers of collecting the land snail Cepaea hortensis at Cape Ann,

Massachusetts, I have handled many hundreds of specimens. I

have also examined several dozen shells in private collections

which had been obtained from the same locality. Only once did

I ever see a left-handed specimen. This was collected on August

12, 1957, on Barberry Shore of East Gloucester. In the same col-

lection there were 309 other specimens. Of these, 194 were all

yellow (bandless) , 101 had five bands (1-2-3-4-5) , 11 were banded

but with no. 2 band missing (1-0-3-4-5) , and three were banded

but with no. 3 band missing (1-2-0-4-5) . The sinistral specimen

had five bands and measured 13 mm. high by 20 mm. wide. It

has been given to the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Har-

vard University. — Ralph W. Dexter, Department of Biology,

Kent State University, Kent, Ohio.

Columella edentula in California. — While collecting small

insects in the vicinity of Mendocino, Mendocino Co., California,

Jaques R. Heifer obtained some small land snails which he sub-

mitted for identification. One lot of these contained over 90

specimens of Columella edentula (Draparnaud) — a new record

of this species for the State. Associated with the Columella, which

were of all ages, were a few specimens of Vertigo rowelli (New-

comb) . According to Mr. Heifer, the snails were collected by

beating salmonberry bushes (Rhus spectabilis); they were not

found among other species of bushes, such as thimbleberry, that

are prevalent in the area. — Allyn G. Smith, Calif. Acad. Sci.

Theskelomensor. — Although smoothish arionoid or limacoid

shells present few tangible features, this "genus" (Cf. Solem, this

no.) might belong in the Helicarioninae, which do occur in

36 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (1)

Australia, and to which Inozonites and Pnreuplecta apparently

belong. But it might be a local endodont, as Brazier guessed.

Are its apical whorls any smoother than those of Helicodiscus

singleyanus? In any case, the only characteristic of "T." creon or

lizardensis which seems vaguely reminiscent of the ariophantine

Euplecta of India is the superficial outline of their shells, and an

attempt to add "an Asian element" on such flimsy evidence

would be a wild flight of wistful fancy. — H. B. B.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Die Baenderschnecken. Schluss: die Baenderschnecken Euro-

pas. By F. A. & Maria Schilder. Pp. 93-206, 7 figs. Sc 47 maps.

Gustav Fischer, Jena. 30.30 marks. 1957. — This concludes the

Schilders' detailed studies on Cepaea (Cf. Naut. 67:140) and

extends them to all Europe. They decide that the 4 species

differentiated anatomically and physiologically, but with less

usable shell characters, since the end of the Tertiary, and under-

went parallel mutation. The dispersal was largely passive and ad-

ventitious. Some of the color forms became widely distributed, but

others, which may have originated only once, have remained

relatively local, regardless of ecologic factors. The cases of

sporadic distribution are explained by replacement in interven-

ing areas. But might they not be interpreted as the simple chance

of small numbers, which might be expected in either adven-

titious dispersal or rare mutations? — H. B. B.

A historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus. 5. The

genus Murex of the class Gastropoda. By Dodge, Henry. Bull.

Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 113 (2) : 73-224. 1957— This exhaustive

study of the over 60 species included by Linne in Murex, contains

repetitions of the original diagnoses, discussions of nomenclatural

history, and citations of published figures. The bibliography cites

over 300 references — H. B. B.

Taxionomische Revision palaearktischer Zonitinae, I. By

Lothar Forcart. Arch. f. Mollusk. 86:101-136, 19 text-figs. 1957.—

For students of U. S. zonitids, the principal contribution of this

excellent study is that it clearly proves, for the first time, that

Retinella is more like Mesomphix, Glyphynlinia and Vitrinizon-

ites than like Nesovitrea, of which Perpolita, type species Helix

electrina Gould,i is at best a poorly marked section. Whether the

July, 1958 NAUTILUS iii

relative degrees of development of a zonitid vas-epiphallus (not a

true penial one) be usable for generic separation is still open to

question. In any case, to claim that Nesovitrea (s.s.) lacks a vas-

epiphallus while its subgenus Aegopinella has one, is a distinc-

tion of degree rather than of palpable difference.

On the whole, Retinella s.s. seems more like Mesomphix (the

prior name) with its similarly large shell, than like the Glyphy-

alinia series. It differs markedly from the subgenus Glyphyalus,

in which the spermathecal sac is imbedded in the albumen gland

above the aorta ("long type") , and also from the subgenus

Glyphyalinia, which has peculiarly serrate marginals and a papil-

late apical chamber in its penis.

Shortly after my first (1928) fumbling attempts to classify the

Nearctic zonitids, Hugh Watson (in letters) objected that the

principal break in the Zonitinae was between: (1) Those with

the atrial opening in the visceral stalk, with the right eye retrac-

tor free from the genitalia, and with no penial nerve from cere-

bral ganglia (Nesovitreinae Cooke) . (2) Those with the atrial

opening near the right ommatophore and with the latter's retrac-

tor in the penioviducal angle (typical Zonitinae) . Obsessed with

other ideas, I was too slow to agree with him, but now do so

thankfully. For the same reason, Thiele in his "Handbuch"

probably was sensible when he used Paraegopis as a subgenus of

Zonites. However, Forcart's remark (p. 114) about the right eye

retractor ("Seine Lage bei den nearktischen Arten wurde nicht

bescrieben.") only shows that he did not read my keys carefully

(Cf. 1928, op. cit., pp. 14 & 15; also 1931, Proc. ANSP. 83:86) . The

typical Zonitinae (e. g., Oxychilus) apparently are not native to

North America, but the nesovitreine division includes my "Retin-

ellae" (Nesovitrea) , Mesomphices and Glyphyaliniae, and also

the highly differentiated genera Paravitrea and Pilsbryna (mis-

spelled by Forcart, p. 106) .

The other principal objection to Dr. Forcart's key would be his

emphasis on the penial appendix or caecum ("flagellum" best

retained for the epiphallic one) . In both the Glyphyalinia series

and in Mesomphix, its development or absence exhibits almost

every degree of intergradation, even in obviously similar species.

iRealizing the dubious identity of the European and U. S. species and that

the simpHfied shell characters of the zonitines were mainly of little utility, I

plainly stated (1928, Proc. ANSP. 80:15:) "type Helix hammonis Strom, but

from Cheboygan County, Michigan (my material) ."

IV NAUTILUS

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Now being

offered for sale. To receive free lists, send name and address

to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

For sale by Mail Auction: The extensive general shell collection

of my late husband. Sea and land shells with data.

Mrs. H. David Vernon, 905 Leonello Ave., Los Altos, Calif.

INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS

Volumes 35-60

The index to the Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available for

distribution. Copies may be procured from the University of Michigan

Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book is made up in

the sanne format as the First Index, is cloth bound and divided into two

sections, an author index and an index to genera and species.

Pages: 322, frontispiece Price: $7.50

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide) . Exchange or purchase. Can offer good marine

specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Clarcmont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington .A.ve., Bergenfield. N. J.

How TO collect shells: Published by the American Malacological Union.

$1.00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskev, Sect.. P. O. Box 238. Marinette, Wis.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 OCTOBER, 1958 No. 2

DREPANOTREMA PAROPSEIDES (PLANORBIDAE)

By W. LOBATO PARAENSE and NEWTON DESLANDESi

Institute Oswaldo Cruz and Institute Nacional de Endemias Rurais, Brazil

The present species was originally described in Planorbis by

Orbigny (1835, 1837), who found it in the marshes formed by

the river Rimac, in the outskirts of Callao, Peru. In November,

1956, the senior author collected a sample of it in that same

place, where it occurs with D. kermatoides, as recorded by Or-

bigny (1837).

The following study was performed on a sample of 37 shells

and on the internal organs of 15 dissected specimens. Serial his-

tological sections from two whole specimens were also observed.

Ten shells and three dissected specimens were deposited in the

collection of Instituto Oswaldo Cruz (no. 7652).

DESCRIPTION: The shell (pi. 5, fig. 1) is thin, amber in

color and translucent in those specimens not incrusted with en-

vironmental material, and very finely obliquely striated. The

largest specimens were 6 mm. in diameter and between 1 and

1.25 mm. in width, and had 6 whorls. Both sides are very shal-

lowly concave, the right side a little more than the left one; as

the concavity increases on one side, the other side shows a cor-

responding tendency to planeness. The intersection of the two

sides forms a blunt carination along or very near the extreme

left of the periphery. The whorls increase slowly, are separated

by a distinct suture and are plainly visible on both sides. Each

whorl overlaps laterally its predecessor, to a less extent on the

left than on the right side, so that, on the outer whorl, the dis-

tance between the suture and the periphery is greater on the

right than on the left side. The lateral curvature of the whorls

is more pronounced on the right than on the left. The aperture

is narrow, oblique and heart-shaped. Its left wall tends to be

1 This work was aided by the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas of Brazil,

which defrayed the expenses of a trip by the senior author to the type local-

ity of D. paropseides and also provided additional facilities for the study of

the material collected there.

37

38 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

plane, whereas the right wall is convex, and depressed in most

specimens.

The animal in locomotion carries the shell at the left, nearly

parallel to the substrate. The exposed soft parts are light gray.

The pigment is diffusely distributed, except on the head and the

antennae, where it is particularly concentrated, and on the

mantle, where there is an unpigmented spot just behind the

mantle collar (fig. 2) . The right ventral portion of the mantle

collar projects forwards, covering a small extent of the beginning

of the outer whorl. A simple pseudobranch projects downwards,

as a very small cone, from the region of the anal opening. A low

rectal ridge extends from the pseudobranch into the pulmonary

cavity, dimming out along the nidamental gland.

The renal tube is very long and narrow, and shows no sign

of renal ridge. The ureter opens out by a subterminal meatus.

As in the other species of Drepanotrema^ (except D. nordestense)

previously studied by us, there is no dorsolateral ridge.

The genital organs are represented in figs. 3 to 6.

The ovotestis consists of a comparatively small number of

short, unbranched, sac-like diverticula which increase in size

from the caudal toward the cephalic end of the organ. The di-

verticula are arranged in a double series and empty into the

collecting canal, which is ventrally situated. The ovisperm duct

has a proximal segment which opens subterminally into the

caudal end of the seminal vesicle. The latter is a moderately

sinuous smooth-walled swelling of the ovisperm duct; it continues

into the distal segment of the ovisperm duct, which is from the

same length to thrice as long as the proximal segment, and emp-

ties into the carrefour.

The sperm duct is about twice as long as the ovisperm duct

(including the not uncoiled seminal vesicle) . Its distal end is

hidden by the outpocketings from the female duct which are

mentioned below. Then it continues into the prostate duct, which

receives a single row of unbranched, finger-like or, less frequently,

egg-shaped or pear-shaped prostate diverticula, the number of

which varied from 27 to 41 in the examined material. In most

instances, the distal portion of the finger-like diverticula loops

back over the proximal portion. The vas deferens follows the

2 D. anatinum, D. melleum, D. depressissimum, D. cimex, D. Jiordestense

and D. kermatoides (see Paraense and Deslandes, 1956a, b, 1957, 1958a, b, c) .

October, 1958 nautilus 39

prostate duct and ends on the caudal extremity of the vergic sac,

beside the attachments of the two retractor muscles and of the

flagella. The vergic sac is comparatively long and contains a verge

about as long. The verge (fig. 5) is unarmed and has an axial

sperm canal with a terminal outlet. Histologically, the verge

resembles that of the other species (except /). nordestense) pre-

viously studied by us, with the only difference that the internal

(longitudinal) muscular layer is reduced to a small number of

very slender fibers. Of the retractor muscles, one extends back-

wards to merge into the columella muscle, whereas the other

extends forwards, inserting in the connective tissue around the

base of the preputium (fig, 4) . In many specimens, the vergic

sac is bent by the action of the last mentioned muscle. Some

specimens show two clearly visible flagella, but in some others

only one seems to be present. The flagella are very short, some-

times rudimentary. The preputium is about as long as the vergic

sac and distinctly wider. The two organs are separated internally

by a muscular diaphragm. The preputial wall has two slim mus-

cular pilasters.

The oviduct is from twice to four times as long as the nida-

mental gland; its cephalic end swells into a pouch similar to

that already described in D. melleiim, D. depressissimum, D.

cimex and D. kermatoides, the walls of which show several small

sac-like and finger-like outpocketings. The uterus is different

from that of the other species, forming an elbow-like passage

between the nidamental gland and the vagina. Its wall has a

reinforced muscular coat, and its inner surface is lined with a

villous epithelium (fig. 6) . The vagina is tubular and compara-

tively long. A striking peculiarity of this species is that it has no

spermatheca.

The jaw is similar to that of the other species of Drepanotrema,

consisting of many small plates arranged in a single horseshoe-

shaped piece. The radulae of six specimens showed the following

characteristics: formula 17-1-17 to 29-1-29, with 133 to 196 hori-

zontal rows; central tooth bicuspid, with a small denticle high

on the lateral side of each cusp; 3 to 7 laterals, sometimes with

a small denticle high on the entocone and/or the ectocone; 4 to

6 intermediates; 7 to 16 marginals. The radula teeth are shown

in fig. 7.

40 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

Comparison with related species: The shell of D. paropseides

is so different from those of D. anatinum and D. nordestense (for

comparison, see Paraense and Deslandes, 1956a, 1958b), that

separation of these species on the basis of the shell characters

presents no difficulty.

The slicll of the present species resembles those of D. melleum,

D. depressissimxim, D. cimcx and D. kermatoides, but it differs in

some characteristics. It is smaller than the others, except melleum.

The greatest dimensions so far recorded for the five species are

the following, in decreasing order (diameter X height) : kerma-

toides, 13 X 1-75 mm.; depressissimiim, 9.5 X 1 mm.; cimex, 8.5

X 1.5 mm.; paropseides, 6 X 1-25 mm.; melleum, b.b X 1-5 mm.

The ratio, diameter divided by height, may also be arranged as

follows: depressissimum, 9.50; kermatoides, 7.43; cimex, 5.66;

paropseides, 4.80; melleum, 3.66; this means that paropseides is

intermediate, in relative height, between the higher melleum and

the lower cimex. The peripheral carination is very sharp in de-

pressissimum, less marked in cimex and kermatoides, and scarcely

perceptible as a blunt subangulation in melleum; in paropseides,

it is intermediate between the more rounded melleum and the

more angular cimex and kermatoides.

The shell of paropseides is closely similar to those of melleum,

cimex and kermatoides. The existence of intergrades sometimes

renders difficult their distinction by the shell characters.

As regards the genital organs, the following characters of

paropseides, as compared with those of the closely related species

melleum, cimex, kermatoides and depressissijnum, will be useful

to separate it from the latter. The seminal vesicle is sinuous, as

in melleum, kermatoides and depressissimum, not uncoiled as in

cimex. The sperm duct (or the oviduct) is about twice as long

as the ovisperm duct, whereas it is about one and a half times

as long as the latter in melleum, kermatoides and depressissimum,

and about the same length in cimex. The prostatic diverticula

are long and their distal portion usually loops back over the

proximal portion, as is the rule in depressissimum and sometimes

occurs in melleuin and kermatoides; they are short and ovoid in

cimex. The two flagella are very short, as in kermatoides (as in

the latter, sometimes only one seems to be present) ; in melleum

and depressissimum there are always two long flagella, and in

October, 1958 nautilus 41

cimex there is only a very short one. And finally, as the most

characteristic features of paropseides, the projecting cap-shaped

uterus and the absence of a spermatheca should be mentioned.

Acknowledgments: We are indebted to Dr. Aristides Herrer,

from the Instituto Nacional de Higiene y Salud Publica of Peru,

for his helpful assistance to the senior author during the work

in Callao.

Summary

The planorbid species, Drepanotrema paropseides (Orbigny,

1835), is defined anatomically. Its diagnostic characters are the

following:

Shell up to about 6 mm. in diameter and 1 mm. in width,

periphery subcarinate. Absence of renal and dorsolateral ridge.

Ovotestis diverticula simple, sac-like, arranged in a double series.

Seminal vesicle moderately sinuous. Prostate diverticula un-

branched, predominantly long and finger-like, less frequently egg-

shaped or pear-shaped, and arranged in a single row. Two very

short flagella (sometimes only one seems to be present) on the

caudal end of the vergic sac. Vergic sac about as long as the

preputium. Pouch of the oviduct with sac-like and finger-like

out-pocketings. Uterus clearly distinguishable as a cap-shaped

projection between the nidamental gland and the vagina. Ab-

sence of spermatheca.

References

Orbigny, A., 1835. Mag. de ZooL, CL 5, No. 62: 26-28.

. 1837. Voyage dans VAmerique meridionale, Vol. 5, 3e

Partie: Mollusques. P. Bertrand, Paris.

Paraense, W. L. and Deslandes, N. 1956a. The Brazilian species

of Drepanotrema. I. Rev. Brasil. Biol, 16 (4) : 491-499.

. 1956b. II. Rev. Brasil Biol, 16 (4) : 527-534.

. 1957. III. Rev. Brasil Biol, 17 (3) : 339-344.

. 1958a. IV. Rev. Brasil Biol, in press.

. 1958b. V. Rev. Brasil Biol, in press.

. 1958c. VI. Rev. Brasil Biol, in press.

Explanation of Plate 5

Genital organs (figs. 3-6) : ca, carrefour, fl, flagellum. ng, nida-

mental gland, od, od', proximal and distal segments of ovisperm

duct, ot, ovotestis. ov, oviduct, po, pouch of oviduct, pp, pre-

putial sac. pr, prostate, rm, retractor muscle, sd, sperm duct, sv,

seminal vesicle, ut, uterus, va, vagina, vd, vas deferens, vs, ver-

gic sac.

Radula (fig. 7) : C, central. I, intermediate lateral. L, lateral.

M, marginal.

42 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

SYSTEMATIC STATUS OF HEMPHILLIA MALONEI

Bv EUGENE N. KOZLOFF and JOANN VANCE

Lewis and Clark. College, Portland. Oregon

The arionid slug Hemphillia malonei was described by Pilsbry

(1917) from a single specimen collected by J. G. Malone near

Tawney's Hotel, on the Salmon River (in Clackamas County)

about 12 miles west of Mount Hood, Oregon. The elevation

was given as 1,600 feet. The preserved specimen on which Pils-

bry's description was based was not in good condition for dis-

section, and Pilsbry himself stated (1948) that H. malonei should

remain a doubtful species, probably identical with H, camelus

Pilsbry and Vanatta (1897) , although the latter has not definitely

been recorded outside of Idaho.

W. O. Gregg, in a personal communication to Pilsbry in 1946,

stated that he found a slug on the Mount Hood Loop Highway

(in Hood River County, a few miles northeast of Mount Hood)

which appeared to be H. malonei. A brief description of the

external features of this slug, as given by Gregg, is quoted by

Pilsbry (1948), but up to the present time no additional infor-

mation on this specimen has been published. Pilsbry also quoted

a description, given by P. B. Randolph, of a slug found in 1899

at Eagle Gorge, King County, Washington, which Randolph

thought to be similar to H. camelus. Possibly, a Hemphillia from

this locality could be identical with H. malonei. Hanham (1929)

referred to H. malonei some specimens of a black slug collected

on Mount Brenton, Vancouver Island, at an elevation of about

3,500 to 4,000 feet. Until material from this region can be studied

more thoroughly, it appears unwise to assign the specimens re-

ported by Hanham to H. malonei.

In July, 1952, seven specimens of a Hemphillia were collected

under rotting logs near the public picnic ground on Larch Moun-

tain, Multnomah County, Oregon, at an elevation of approxi-

mately 3,900 feet. Since then, thirteen additional examples have

been taken at the same locality. Eight specimens have also been

found at various times in the last few years in the canyon of

Eagle Creek (near Bonneville Dam) , at an elevation of only

about 200 feet, close to the point where the canyon is intersected

by tlie boundary between Multnomah County and Hood River

County. The type locality, the two localities from which our

NAUTILUS 72 (2)

PLATE 5

Drepanolrema paropseides. 1, shell. 2, cephalic end of animal. 3, genital

organs. 4, penial complex. 5, vergic sac excised to show verge. 6, longitudinal

section from nidamental gland through uterus to vagina. 7, radular teeth.

NAUTILUS T2. (2)

PLATE 6

Hcnil}/iilli(i i/ialonci: ■.\^, ;ill)iiiiu'ii aland, hw , \hh\\ wall, ild.i;. opi'iiiiio ol

duct of digestive gland. di\, diveriitnlinn. c-|), rpiphallus. ox. oxidnci. pr.

"prostate" (ohscminu spcnii dud), sp. spei inatlicca. s\n\. sperm dntt (Tree

jK)rtion). St. siinudatoi. \. \cif;c. \ao. \aoina. \ao (ev) . vagina, everted.

October, 1958 nautilus 43

material was collected, and the locality mentioned by Gregg all

lie within about 30 miles of one another.

Because the slugs from Larch Mountain and Eagle Creek ap-

peared to be conspecific with H. malonei, they have been studied

with a view to determining the relationship between H. malonei

and H. camelus. We have concluded that H. malonei should be

regarded as a valid species quite distinct from H. camelus.

External features. The general appearance of the slugs from

Larch Mountain and Eagle Creek (pi. 6, figs. 1, 2) is essentially

like that of H. camelus. The figures and descriptions of H.

camelus given by Pilsbry (1948) and Pilsbry and Vanatta (1898)

suggest that H. malonei and H. camelus could not be separated

on the basis of form and pigmentation.

The largest specimens studied measured approximately 60 mm.

in length when extended and in movement. The length of the

head was about 10 mm., the length of the mantle about 23 mm.,

and the length of the tail about 27 mm. The eye-bearing tentacles

were about 6 mm. long. The width of the mantle was about

8 mm. and the width of the tail about 6 mm. As in all species of

HemphilUa, the mantle is elevated into a conspicuous visceral

hump. The posterior half of the tail is somewhat keeled above.

The tail is capable of remarkably rapid wagging and coiling

movements.

The dorsal surface of the head is generally light brown, becom-

ing grayer toward the ventral surface and posteriorly toward the

mantle. The sides of the foot below the mantle are grayish, with

scattered small masses of dark pigment. The mantle is gray, with

a tinge of brown, and streaked and spotted with black pigment.

In some specimens the streaks and spots are larger and more dis-

tinct than in others. As a rule, the black pigmentation on the

mantle is more abundant on the sides than on the dorsal surface.

The dorsal part of the tail is light brown. This light brown

streak is bordered on the sides by a more heavily pigmented zone,

which appears dark brown in color. The vertical grooves on the

margin of the foot are accentuated by flecks of pigment. At the

end of the tail, below the caudal pore, the margin is wider.

Ordinarily, living specimens do not show a downward projection

("caudal horn") of the end of the tail above the caudal pore.

Some of the specimens we studied, however, showed such a pro-

44 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

jection, but it was never as conspicuous as the one described for

H. glandiilosa Bland and Binney. The sole is very light and with-

out black pigmentation.

The pneumostome is situated a short distance posterior to the

middle of the mantle. In the largest specimens, dimensions of

which are given above, the exposed area of the shell measured

approximately 7 mm. by 3.5 mm. Removed from the mantle, the

shells of these individuals measured approximately 15 mm. by

8 mm. Between the exposed area of the shell and the posterior

end of the mantle, there is a longitudinal slit, the edges of which

are continuous with the edges of the mantle bordering the area

through which the shell is exposed. The shell (fig. 3) consists of

a flexible, hyaline yellowish-brown plate, beneath which there

is a delicate membrane. In larger individuals, there is usually a

thin calcareous deposit between this membrane and the external

plate. The external plate is weakly marked by concentric lines

of growth.

Anatomy of genitalia and digestive tract: The large ovotestis

(fig. 12) is situated at or near the posterior end of the visceral

mass, and is embedded in the digestive gland. It is darkened by

blackish-brown pigment. In fully mature specimens, the herma-

phroditic duct is greatly convoluted. Near the point where it

enters the albumen gland (fig. 11) , the duct becomes very slender,

then dilates abruptly into a structure which may possibly be

comparable to the so-called fertilization chamber described for

Helix and certain other pulmonates. This structure is not evi-

dent in younger individuals, and sinuations of the hermaphro-

ditic duct may be absent or noted only in that portion of the

duct which is closest to the albumen gland. The albumen gland

of H. malonei is rather well-developed, even in specimens which

arc not completely mature (fig. 6) .

In younger examples, the spermatheca is not much thicker than

the upper portion of its duct, but in fully mature individuals the

spermatheca is comparatively large and globose (figs. 4, 5). The

duct is often sharply kinked close to the spermatheca itself, and

becomes gradually wider as it passes toward the vagina.

In each of three completely mature specimens available to us

(collected on Larch Mountain, October, 1954), the spermatheca

contained spermatophores. Four spermatophores were found in

October, 1958 nautilus 45

each of two of these slugs, and three in the other. About one-half

the length of the spermatophore of H. malonei (fig. 10) is com-

posed of a relatively stout portion. The other half is mostly very

slender, but becomes thickened close to its free end. From this

thickened portion to the tip, and also in the middle section of

the more slender part, the surface of the spermatophore is con-

spicuously sculptured. The color is yellowish. Evidently spermato-

phores have not previously been reported for any species of

Hemphillia. The place at which the spermatophores of H. mal-

onei are elaborated has not been established.

The vagina is always rather short, but its form in our material

is variable. The differences, at least in mature and nearly mature

individuals, probably depend to a large extent upon the state

of contraction which the thick-walled and more muscular ele-

ments of the reproductive system near the genital pore are in at

the time of preservation. In some individuals which have been

killed in a relatively relaxed condition by drowning, the genital

pore is greatly dilated, and the genital atrium and much-folded

lining of the vagina are partially everted. This was the case in

the fully mature specimen whose genitalia are shown in fig, 4.

Pressure on the everted vagina pushed it back into a more or less

cup-shaped condition (fig. 5) . However, in the other two fully

mature specimens, which also showed a dilated genital pore

when they were preserved, the vagina had the appearance of

being a gradually widening continuation of the duct of the sper-

matheca, below the point where this duct was entered by the

decidedly less prominent oviduct. The configuration in speci-

mens which are almost mature (fig. 6) is similar to this, even

when the genital pore is not particularly dilated.

At the point where the sperm duct emerges as a separate struc-

ture, it is considerably thinner than the free portion of the ovi-

duct. As it approaches the penis it may show some thickenings,

but at the base of the penis the sperm duct is typically very slen-

der (figs. 5, 6) . The duct thickens again as it passes alongside

the penis to become the epiphallus, and in mature specimens it

forms one or more loops as it is folded on the wall of the penis.

The retractor muscle of the penis is attached partially to the

upper end of the penis and partially to the epiphallus at the

point where the latter enters the penis. This is essentially in

46 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

agreement with the statement in the original description of H.

malonei (Pilsbry, 1917) to the efTect that the penial retractor is

inserted at the origin of the cpiphallus. In H. camehis, according

to Pilsbry (1948), the retractor is inserted upon the epiphallus a

short distance from the place where the latter joins the penis.

This disagrees with a statement (supported by an illustration)

published by Pilsbry and Vanatla (1898) to the effect that the

retractor muscle of H. camehis is inserted at the "root" of the

epiphallus (i.e., the point of its junction with the penis) .

When opened, the penis shows a stout verge (fig. 9) which is

about twice as long as broad. In mature examples, the surface

of this structure is greatly folded, but is less so in younger speci-

mens. The sperm duct within the epiphallus opens into the penis

to one side of the base of the attachment of the verge. This is

evident in serial sections of the upper portion of the penis, as

well as in cleared whole mounts of the verge and adjoining por-

tions of the epiphallus and penis (fig. 7) . According to Pilsbry

(1948) the verge in H. camehis is perforated close to one edge

by the sperm duct, which opens laterally near the end of the verge.

The penis of mature specimens of H. malonei is characterized

by an extensively developed stimulator, which consists basically

of two portions, both arising from the thickened lining of the

upper part of the penis and extending to the point where the

penis opens into the genital atrium (fig. 8) . In preserved speci-

mens, the distal end of one or both of these portions may be

found protruding through the dilated genital pore (figs. 4, 5) .

The tissue of the stimulator is considerably folded. One of the

portions of the stimulator is a relatively short, ribbon-like elab-

oration adherent to the wall of the penis. The other portion is

more extensive; its two ribbon-like sections are separated by a

conspicuous but poorly-defined corrugated mound, the folds of

which pass insensibly into those of the wall of the penis. The

wall of the lower part of the penis is relatively thin, and its

lining is quite smooth except in the region of the opening into

the genital atrium. The thickened lining of the upper part of

the penis, which encloses the verge and from which the elabora-

tions constituting the stimulator arise, is in its lower portion

free from the wall of the penis (figs. 8, 9). This thickened lining,

as well as the processes of the stimulator, may be scarcely devel-

October, 1958 nautilus 47

oped in specimens which are not completely mature.

The general form of the alimentary canal (figs. 13, 14) is sim-

ilar to that of H. camelus, as figured by Pilsbry (1948) and Pils-

bry and Vanatta (1898) . However, in H. malonei there is a rather

conspicuous diverticulum of the intestine just posterior to the

point of entrance of the ducts from the digestive gland. This

diverticulum has been found in all specimens which we have

dissected.

In larger specimens, the jaw (fig. 17) is composed of about 18

or 20 flat ribs of varying width. Most of the ribs are distinctly

separated from one another by more transparent intervals. In

the wider portions of the radula, the number of teeth in each

transverse row has been found to reach 111 (55 on either side

of the median tooth) . The maximum number of transverse rows

has been observed to be about 90. The median teeth (fig. 16, m)

are tricuspid. The laterals near the median teeth lack the ento-

cone; farther laterally the ectocone disappears as the mesocone

becomes more than twice as long as it is in the median teeth,

and this then progressively diminishes in size in the teeth nearer

the margins of the radula.

Discussion. Although the general appearance of the slugs from

Larch Mountain and Eagle Creek is very similar to that described

for H. camelus, the anatomy of the genitalia and digestive tract

in our specimens suggests that they represent a species distinct

from H. camelus. The fact that the sperm duct opens into the

penis at one side of the base of the attachment of the verge ap-

pears to be a significant difference. The insertion of the retrac-

tor muscle of the penis jointly upon the penis and the epiphallus

is characteristic of our specimens, but apparently not of H. came-

lus. In the work of Pilsbry (1948), the vagina of H. camelus is

said to be moderately long, about equal to the spermathecal

duct, but the figure does not show this clearly. As also should

be noted, the figure of the genitalia of H. camelus published

earlier by Pilsbry and Vanatta (1898) shows a relatively short

vagina.

The presence of a small diverticulum in the intestine, posterior

to the entrance of the ducts from the digestive gland, has not

been reported in the published descriptions of any species of

Hemphillia. It cannot, of course, be stated with certainty that

48 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

such a diverticulum is found only in H. malonei, for it may have

been overlooked by workers who have studied other species of

the genus.

In view of the differences in the anatomy of the reproductive

system and apparently also the alimentary tract of H. cameliis

and the slugs referable to H. malonei, it appears logical to regard

H. malonei as a valid species closely related to H. camelus. The

ranges of the two species, as they are understood at present, are

widely separated, as H. camelus is not known definitely to occur

outside of Idaho and H. malonei has been recorded only in the

Cascade Mountains in northern Oregon.

Summary

Specimens of a Hemphillia collected on Larch Mountain, Mult-

nomah County, and in the canyon of Eagle Creek near the

boundary of Multnomah County and Hood River County, Ore-

gon, appear to be conspecific with H. malonei Pilsbry. Although

H. malonei has been considered doubtfully distinct from H.

camelus Pilsbry and Vanatta, the anatomy of the reproductive

system and digestive tract of the slugs from Larch Mountain and

Eagle Creek differs in certain respects from that of H. camelus.

H. malonei should be regarded as a distinct species very closely

related to H. camelus.

Literature Cited

Hanham, A. W. 1926. Naut. 39, pp. 143-144.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1917. Naut. 30, pp. 117-119.

. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) .

Monogr. 3, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 2, part 2.

Pilsbry, H. A., and E. G. Vanatta 1897. Naut. 11, p. 44.

. 1898. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1898, pp. 219-261.

Explanation of Plate 6

All figures are of Hempliillia malonei. Figure 1, living animal,

from right side. 2, dorsal view. 3, shell. 4, genitalia of mature

specimen, dorsal view; vagina everted; stimulator protruding

through genital pore. 5, genitalia of same individual, ventral

view; organs separated for clarity; vagina pushed back into in-

verted position. 6, genitalia of nearly mature individual. 7, dia-

gram of upper portion of penis of immature individual, showing

sperm duct entering to one side of verge. 8, penis from genitalia

shown in figs. 4 and 5, opened to show stimulator and thickened

lining of upper portion of penis. 9, upper portion of penis opened

to show verge. 10, spermatophore. 11, hermaphroditic duct enter-

ing albumen gland. 12, ovotestis and hermaphroditic duct. 13,

October, 1958 nautilus 49

crop and intestine, dorsal view. 14, buccal capsule, esophagus, and

anterior portion of crop, dorsal view; slightly extended; the

esophagus curves ventrally as it passes posteriorly to the con-

striction between the esophagus and crop. 15, portion of crop

and intestine, ventral view, showing diverticulum. 16, teeth of

radula. 17, jaw.

UROSALPINX CINEREA AND EUPLEURA CAUDATA

IN CHESAPEAKE BAY, MARYLAND

By J. FRAxNCES ALLEN

Div. Biol. Medic. Sci., National Science Foundation

Abbott (1954) states that the Atlantic oyster drill, Urosalpinx

cinerea (Say) , and the thick-lipped drill, Eupleiira caudata (Say) ,

occur from Nova Scotia to Florida, and from south of Cape Cod

to the south half of Florida, respectively. Say (1822) reported

Urosalpinx from the eastern shore of Maryland and Ingersoll

(1881) found this same species in the lower waters of Chesapeake

Bay. Winslow (1882) reports in the conclusion an increase in

the rough whelk, Urosalpinx cinerea, but does not give the spe-

cific localities. Engle (1953), when discussing salinity as a limiting

factor in the distribution of this species, mentions finding them

at Great Rock in Tangier Sound. Information regarding the

occurrence of Eupleura caudata in Maryland waters of Chesa-

peake Bay is limited. However, the general distribution of the

two species is included in Carriker's review of Urosalpinx and

Eupleura (1955) . The same work suggests that soft mud may

result in spotty distribution of the drills. The author has observed

that both species are able to maintain themselves in large num-

bers in habitats well removed from oyster beds or other hard

surfaces. In such cases they were associated with the wigeon

grass, Ruppia maritima, and the substratum was soft. Drill cases

of both species were found and specimens ranged considerably

in size from very young to more than 21 mm. in length.

Beginning in 1951, living specimens of drills have been col-

lected by the author at thirty-two places in Chesapeake Bay, in-

cluding localities in Pocomoke Sound, Tangier Sound, Little

Annemessex River, Big Annemessex River, and Manokin River.

Since samplings for other organisms were being made at the time,

they were collected with any one of several devices; oyster tongs.

50

NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 (2)

clam rake, clam dredge, oyster dredge, crab scrape, or haul seine,

and thus do not represent a quantitative study.

Because of the emphasis currently being placed upon the eco-

nomic importance of drills and the extensive investigations being

carried out to determine adequate control methods, it seems

appropriate that additional localities where they are known to

occur, should be a matter of record. The findings are tabulated;

the symbol X indicating their presence.

The 1957 collections were made while receiving support from

the General Research Board of the University of Maryland.

October, 1958 nautilus 51

Literature Cited

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American Seashells. Van Nostrand, New York.

Carriker, M. R. 1955. U. S. Fish & Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.:

Fisheries No. 148. 150 pp.

Engle, J. B. 1953. Rept. U. S. Fish & Wildl. Serv., 26 pp. (Lim-

ited distri.)

Ingersoll, E. 1881. Sec. X, Monogr. B, Dept. Int., 10th Census

U, S., Washington, D. C.

Say, T. 1822. Jr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 2: 221-248.

Winslow, Francis, 1882. Appendix No. 11— Rept. 1881, U. S.

Coast and Geodetic Survey. 87 pp.

EXTENSIONS OF KNOWN RANGES OF 4 MOLLUSKS

By dee SAUNDERS DUNDEE and HAROLD A. DUNDEE,

University of Michigan

While collecting in various areas of the U. S. during the past

few years, we have found new localities for two introduced

species and range extensions for two native species of mollusks.

The specimens, which are reported below, are being deposited

in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology.

Corbicula fliiminea (Miiller) . Hundreds of specimens of this

mollusk were first found in sand piles along an irrigation canal

in back of the Desert Plant Botanical Garden (Papago Park) in

Phoenix, Maricopa County, Arizona, in June, 1956. Only a few

live specimens were taken then (apparently the sand had been

dredged from the canal recently) , but later Mr. Jack Damman

of Arizona State College was kind enough to secure additional

living specimens for us. Finding Corbicula fluminea here is not

surprising even though the canal is about 150 miles from the

nearest reported locality. Fitch (1953) discussed its occurrence

in canals in Riverside and Imperial Counties, California, and

mentioned that the canals are infected all the way back to the

Colorado River. As is easy to imagine, these clams might have

arrived in Phoenix from the Colorado River via the Gila River

as larvae (this is an upstream journey but such was probably

made with the aid of man) and eventually into the irrigation

system at Phoenix.

The other reported localities at which C. fluminea occurs in

the United States are in central California (Gregg, 1947) and in

52 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

Washington (Burch, 1944). Since this little clam was first ob-

served in this country in 1938, it obviously has spread very rapidly

and is becoming a pest in areas where irrigation is required.

Doubtless it is more widespread than is realized at present.

Avion circnmscriptus Johnston. Several specimens of this slug

were taken on January 28, 1952, 6.7 miles east of Boswell, Choc-

taw County, Oklahoma, on a slope along the railroad right-of-way

paralleling U. S. Highway 70 near Muddy Boggy River. The slugs

were found in association with Mesodon inflectus, Bulimulus deal-

batus, Polygyra dorfeuilliana, and Mesodon thyroidus in a lime-

stone area where oak, briar, and elm are the predominant vege-

tation.

Previously known range (Pilsbry, 1948) for this introduced

species was British Columbia, Maritime Provinces, Quebec, and

Ontario in Canada; Maine, Massachusetts, New York, Pennsyl-

vania, District of Columbia, Michigan, Wisconsin, California,

and Indiana (Webb, 1940) in the United States.

Euglandina rosea (Ferussac) . A single shell was found in a

sandy, wooded area 3 miles southeast of Georgetown, Georgetown

County, South Carolina, on August 30, 1950. Collecting was done

after dark and no others could be located. Time did not permit

thorough investigation the following day. The nearest locality is

approximately 100 miles southwest on the Beaufort-Hampton

County line in Yemassee, South Carolina.

Sonorella coltoniana Pilsbry (?) . Numerous specimens, two of

which were living, were taken just west of Rimmy Jims by U. S.

Highway 66, Coconino County, Arizona, on Jime 12, 1956. These

most closely resemble S. coltoniana as described from Oak Creek

Canyon (Pilsbry, 1939, p. 337) , but they are sufficiently different

to warrant the above question mark. All these specimens are

characterized by having a double band of pigment on the body

whorl. The specimens were found in crevices in rock outcrops

along a dry wash in the desert and were difficult to extricate.

This is an interesting record in that it is about 50 miles east of

the nearest recorded Sonorella in the northern part of Arizona

and in a non-mountainous area.

Other specimens of interest from the standpoint of means of

distribution were Milax ga gates (Draparnaud) . These were not

collected but were found in a head of lettuce which was pur-

October, 1958 nautilus 53

chased in Clifton, New Jersey. In all likelihood, the lettuce had

been shipped from one of the California counties in which this

slug occurs.

References

Burch, Beatrice and John Q. 1944. Min. Conch. Club. S. Calif.,

#38: 18.

Fitch, John E. 1953. Min. Conch. Club S. Calif., #130: 9.

Gregg, W. O. 1947. Min. Conch. Club S. Calif., #69: 3, 4.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north

of Mexico) . 2 vols. (4 pts.) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Mono-

graph 3.

Webb, G. R. 1940. Naut. 54 (2) : 69.

INTRODUCTION OF MARISA INTO FLORIDA

By burton p. HUNT

Department of Zoology, University of Miami

On February 1, 1957, three specimens of a very large fresh-

water snail were collected in the Coral Gables canal at the west-

ward boundary of the city limits of Coral Gables, Florida. The

snail was later identified as the South American Marisa cornua-

rietis (L.) {Ceratodes diwd Ampullar ins oi 3.ViX.hors) by Dr. Henry

van der Schalie, malacologist at the University of Michigan.

During subsequent months, it became apparent that the initial

discovery occurred at the downstream margin of the expanding

range of a flourishing snail population which was well established

farther upstream. By July, hundreds of snails of all ages were

present at the discovery site, and by the end of the summer speci-

mens were found a mile or so farther downstream. At the present

time (February, 1958) the snail is abundantly distributed and

thriving along about 5 miles of the canal from the semi-brackish

zone in the middle of the city westward to the margin of the

Everglades. Even at winter water temperatures (56°-72° F.) the

population was increasing, for field sampling in late December

and January revealed a large number of egg masses and many

newly-hatched and juvenile specimens at several points along the

canal. These were particularly abundant at the upstream limit of

the snail's range, where rooted aquatic vegetation was still thick.

The native range of the species, as given by Baker (1930), is

northern South America and southern Central America. In recent

years it has been introduced by unknown means into Cuba (Pen-

alver, 1950) and Puerto Rico (Harry and Cumbie, 1956; Oliver-

54 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

Gonzalez et al., 1956). As far as the writer has been able to deter-

mine by extensive correspondence, this is the only known colony

of Marisa cornuarietis established in natural waters in the United

States.

The method of introduction is not known. However, it almost

certainly resulted from the dumping of unwanted Marisa which

had been used in aquaria. By interviewing nine retailers and two

wholesalers of plants and animals used in aquaria, I learned that

Marisa was introduced into the aquarium trade in the Miami

area more than 20 years ago under the trade name "Colombian

snail." When its plant-eating proclivities became well known, it

lost favor and was finally relegated to the category of undesirable

aquarium organisms. The last appearance of the snail in trade

channels in Miami was about 1955.

The snail is reported to be a voracious herbivore and in aquaria

feeds avidly on Cabomha, Elodea, dwarf saggitaria, water cress,

carrot, cabbage, lettuce, celery and tomato (Chernin et al., 1956;

Michelson and Augustine, 1957) . My own observations indicate

it feeds on Naias, Ceratophyllum, Myriophyllum, Cabomba, fila-

mentous algae and other local aquatic plants. Almost certainly it

also feeds on periphyton encrusting the rocks in the canal, since

snails are still present by the thousands in a section of canal

from which rooted aquatic vegetation has been absent since

August, 1957.

Data obtained in natural streams in Puerto Rico and through

laboratory rearing and experimentation suggest that under cer-

tain conditions Marisa can, because of its size and food habits,

control populations of other snails (Australorbis glabratus and

Biomphalaria pfeifferi) by competition for food and by destruc-

tion of egg masses and young (Chernin et al, 1956; Harry and

Cumbie, 1956; Oliver-Gonzalez et al., 1956; Michelson and Augus-

tine, 1957).

My own preliminary experiments indicate that Marisa is an

exceptionally hardy snail and tolerates environmental conditions

usually considered adverse. Specimens have been kept for months

in unaerated aquaria where the dissolved oxygen regularly

dropped to less than 0.5 ppm. and dissolved carbon dioxide va-

ried from 8 to 19 ppm. They also withstand the effects of starva-

tion very well. Experiments are imdcrway to determine the

tolerance limits of the snail to these and other conditions such

October, 1958 nautilus 55

as temperature and salinity.

How long Marisa has been established in the canal is not

known, but probably less than five years. The great abundance

of snails and the size composition of the population indicate

clearly that the habitat is very satisfactory and the population

is expanding.

The canal in which the snail is established connects with others

in the great inter-connecting network of drainage canals located

in the Everglades south of Lake Okeechobee. Seemingly the spe-

cies will continue to spread and can be expected to occupy even-

tually all the canals in South Florida.

The large size of the individual snails (the average Florida

adult measures about 1.5 inches in greatest diameter, and many

individuals have a maximum diameter of 2.25 inches) and the

large number of individuals clearly indicate that a Marisa popu-

lation may have a deleterious effect on the aquatic vegetation in

the canals and may radically upset the existing ecological balance

in the waterways of South Florida.

Literature Cited

Baker, H. B. 1930. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. University of Michigan,

No. 210: 1-94.

Chernin, E., E. H. Michelson, and D. L. Augustine. 1956. Am. J.

Trop. Med. and Hyg., 5 (2) : 297-307.

Harry, H. W. and B. G. Cumbie. 1956. Am. J. Trop. Med. and

Hyg., 5 (5) : 921-928.

Michelson, E. H. and D. L. Augustine. 1957. Jour, of Parasit.,

43(2): 135.

Oliver-Gonzalez, J., M. P. Bauman and A. S. Benenson. 1956. Am.

J. Trop. Med. and Hyg., 5 (2) : 290-296.

Penalver, L. M. 1950. Arch. Venezol. Patol. Trop. Y Parasitol.

Med., 2; 297-308.

THE CANARY ISLAND HALIOTID

By ROBERT R. TALMADGE

Recently, a series of haliotids was received from Sr. J. F. Guerra

Pestano, who had collected the specimens on August 7, 1957, at

Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canary Islands. The specimens arrived

in alcohol, with the animals intact within their shells. Prior to

this shipment, specimens had been examined from these islands,

but in such cases the soft parts were not included. The small lots

gave no indication of the basic population. Considerable varia-

56 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

tion had been noted in the shells; in some cases separate specific

names had been indicated on the data with the specimens. Thus,

this sending of an unselected and unsorted lot of both shell and

animal furnished an opportunity for a more critical study. The

results noted in this comparison are rather interesting and are

presented here.

The series consisted of 26 specimens that ranged in shell length

from 15 to 54 millimeters. Information indicated that all had

been collected at a single locality and on the same date, thus pre-

senting us with a specific population group. Comparisons were

made with other Canary Island material as well as specimens

from the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Coast of both Europe

and Africa.

All the shells of this series fall into the group that is associated

as the subgenus Sanhaliotis Iredale, 1929, an elongate haliotid,

with a somewhat elevated, nearly terminal spire, sculptured with

cord-like striae. Considerable variation was found in the shape,

cording, and number of open siphonal orifices, so the animals

were removed and the sex determined as far as possible, and

measurements were made of the shells.

Adult shells appeared to be more depressed, due to the con-

tinued growth of the right lip. This made the shell broader than

a juvenile, and when erosion wore down the striae, the shell

altered in appearance. In juvenile specimens the cavity of the

spire was nearly concealed, but in adults this cavity was exposed.

This was the only indication noted in which age stages could be

coordinated with distinct variations.

Three distinct kinds of cording were noted. Fourteen, the ma-

jority of the specimens, had coarse scale-like cording, separated

by more rounded thread-like striae. These interspacing striae

numbered one to three per major cord, and like the larger sculp-

turing were also scaled. Under a strong glass, these scales gave

the appearance of tile. Ten specimens had a more or less uniform

small thread-like series of striae covering the entire dorsal sinface.

Two specimens had the coarse cords of the majority, but the

interspacing areas were free of the finer cords, just smooth shell.

The number of open orifices ranged from 41/0 to 7 1/0, with the

majority of the specimens falling into the 5 and 6 group. The

specimens with over 6 open pores had small, circular orifices,

while in specimens with 5 or less the orifices were large and oval.

October, 1958 nautilus 57

This combination of age, cording, and orifices created quite a

number of variations in this series.

Coloration of the shell varied. Some specimens were nearly

concolor, dark red-brown. Others were highly splotched, flamed,

and/or maculated with white, pale green, cream, and pink. How-

ever, the average shell was the rich red-brown with a few of the

lighter maculations, seldom covering over 10 percent, of the

dorsal surface.

For all practical purposes, the animal parts were identical,

except in 3 specimens. These, two concolor tan and one nearly

pure black, were the only noticeable differences in the series.

These as noted were only in coloration of the animal parts.

Neither sex nor age were noted as a factor in either this colora-

tion, or in shell variations. The animal has the usual fleshy

epipodium encircling the muscular foot. The epipodium is the

usual double rim, concave between the upper and lower edges,

with the rims palmate and processed. The concave area is a mass

of papillae on papillae of various sizes. The sole is cream, the

pedal a rich brown, and the epipodium blotched in equal-sized

squares.

The sex was determined by use of the color of the gonad, and

in specimens over 25 mm. in shell length, it could be recognized

readily. Under that size, the color of the gonad could not be so

used. The series consisted of 8 males, 10 females, and 8 juveniles.

Microscopic examination indicated that neither July nor August

was the breeding month of this lot. A comparison month by

month would soon indicate the breeding season.

Since a number of names have been applied to this species, the

writer endeavored to trace all to their original source. By use of

descriptions and figures as well as comparisons with definite ma-

terial, the writer now feels that this is the species to which Reeve

gave the locality of Cape Verde Islands in error. Therefore the

writer submits the following name.

Haliotis (Sanhaliotis) coccinea Reeve

Conchologica Iconica, Vol. Ill, species 22, PI. VII, fig. 22, 1846.

The description and figure as given by Reeve fits the average

specimen from this and other lots. The highly colored specimens

fall into what Reeve called H. zealandica (a specimen has been

compared with the original lot from the Hugh Cumming Collec-

58 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

tion in the British Museum) . Some malacologists have used the

name H. tuherculata Linne, and old worn material comes close

to that species, but the soft parts fail to match. The use of the

name striata, both of Reeve and of Linne is more difficult to

trace. Again, striata Reeve is similar to H. tuherculata but the

figure represents another of the highly colored small West African

races of tuherculata which Reeve also referred to as H. rosacea.

The description of striata Linne is difficult to fit into any of the

known high-corded elongated haliotids. It may fit any of the

Asiatic species, and Linne referred to this species as from Asiatic

oceans. Therefore the writer feels that the name H. coccinea is

the most appropriate for this species.

Summary: H. (Sanhaliotis) coccinea Reeve is a highly variable

species in shell features, yet remains static in animal or soft parts.

Probably, due to this variation in shell, a number of names have

been applied to this species, which inhabits the Canary Islands of

the far eastern Atlantic. A comparison of both shell and animals

indicates that these variations are chiefly individual characters,

with age creating some variations.

Addenda: Since the above was written, two additional lots ar-

rived from the Canary Islands. Both of these series followed the

same pattern as the one referred to in this study. There was one

extremely interesting color phase, not noted before. One speci-

men matched in all details the description and figure of the H.

janus Reeve. Closer examination revealed that a number of the

specimens had traces of this coloration.

MOLLUSKS OF LEBANON CO., PENNSYLVANIA

Bv ROBERT A. HEILMAN and GORDON K. MacMILLAN

Lebanon County, according to some people is situated in south-

central Pennsylvania. Others say it is one of the counties located

in the southeastern part of the state. We prefer to ascribe it to

southeastern Pennsylvania.

The county is chiefly a fertile valley lying within the Great

Valley. It is bounded on the north by the Blue Mountain. On the

south it is bounded by the South Mountain. The soils of the

county are of Paleozoic age.

The forests and woodlots are chiefly deciduous with no pri-

meval stands remaining. Drainage is provided by the Swatara and

October, 1958

NAUTILUS

59

the Tulpehocken Creeks. The Swatara Creek empties into the

Susquehanna River, while the Tulpehocken's waters flow into the

SchuylkilL Many streams of minor importance connect with these

creeks. No natural lakes exist, although there are several artifi-

cial lakes.

The mollusks of Lebanon County were partially reported by

C. B. Wurtz (1940) . In 1948 the senior author presented an ex-

panded list, followed by a supplementary list in 1949. Continued

collecting has led to the opinion that a revised list is now war-

ranted. In compiling the present record, the authors have had the

help of Dr. Henry van der Schalie and The Rev. H. B. Herring-

ton. The list follows:

Triodopsis tridentata

T. tridentata juxtidens

T. fallax

T. albolabris

T. albolabris dentatus^

Mesodon thyroidus

Stenotrema hirsutum

S. hirsutum barbatum^

S. fraternum

S. leai^

Haplotrema concavum

Ventridens demissus^

V. ligera

V. ligera stonei^

V. suppressus

V. suppressus virginicus

Zonitoides nitidus

Z. arboreus

Hawaiia minuscula

Retinella carolinensis

Retinella electrina

R. indentata

R. indentata paucilirata

R. rhoadsi

Oxychilus cellarius

Euconulus fulvus

Striatura ferrea

Deroceras laeve

D. reticulatum

Limax maximus

Anguispira alternata

Discus patulus

D. patulus carinatus

D. cronkhitei

D. c. catskillensis

Helicodiscus parallelus

Arion hortensis

Succinea avara

Succinea ovalis

Cionella lubrica

Pupoides albilabris

Gastrocopta armifera

G. armifera clappi^

G. contracta

G. pentodon

G. tappaniana

Vertigo ovata

V. pygmaea

V. gouldii

V. tridentata

V. ventricosa^

Vallonia costata

V. pulchella

V. excentrica

Strobilops labyrinthica^

S. aenea^

S. affinis^

Carychium exiguum (Say)^

Philomycus carolinianus

flexuolaris

Pallifera dorsalis

Pseudosuccinea columella

Stagnicola emarginata^

S. palustris

S. caperata

Fossaria obrussa

60 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

F. obrussa peninsulae C. integrum^

Fossaria exigua Valvata tricarinata^

F. modicella Amnicola limosa

F. modicella rustica Ceriphasia virginica

F. parva (Lea) Anculosa carinata

Helisoma anceps Elliptic complanatus

Helisoma trivolvis^ Anodonta cataracta

Gyiaiilus hirsutus Alasmidonta undulata

G. parvus A. marginata susquehannae

G. circumstriatus Strophitus rugosus

Menetus exacutus^ Lasmigona subviridis^

M. dilatatus Sphaerium sulcatum

Planorbula jenksii^ S. striatinum

Physa heterostropha Musculium transversum^

P. gyrina M. partumeium

P. integral M. securis

Ferrissia rivularis Pisidium dubium^

Viviparus japonicus P. compressum

Campeloma decisum P. casertanum

Two species previously reported have been deleted from this

list. They ciYG A plexn hypnorum (L.) a.nd Arnnicola limosa porata

(Say) . Aplexa does not occur within Lebanon County, nor in

surrounding counties. Its inclusion in an earlier list was an error.

A. limosa porata, if this be a valid subspecies, does not exist in

Lebanon County. Specimens previously identified as such are

nothing more than obese forms of A. limosa.

Because hundreds of field trips had been made over a period

of more than ten years, data on collecting stations has been delib-

erately omitted since they are too extensive for inclusion.

QUICKELLA VERMETA AND SUCCINEA INDIANA

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

QuiCKELLA VERMETA (Say)

In 1824, Thomas Say described Succinea vermeta (New Har-

mony Disseminator, 2:230) from the vicinity of New Harmony,

Posey Co., Indiana, as follows:

"Succinea vermeta. — Shell suboval, yellowish, very thin and

fragile, somewhat diaphanous, with nearly three very oblique

volutions; whorls very much roinided, wrinkled; suture very pro-

foundly impressed; spire rather prominent and acute; aperture

ovate, the superior termination rounded.

"Inhabits margins of ponds near New Harmony.

1 Rare; found in only one locality, or only one example found.

2 Extirpated.

October, 1958 nautilus 61

"This species is remarkable for the very deep indentation of

its suture, giving to the whorls of the spire the appearance of

being almost separated from resting on each other; and by this

character it may be readily distinguished from the other species

of this country. It was found by Dr. Troost."

The author found this species at a number of places in the

vicinity of New Harmony. Upon dissection it proved to belong

to the genus Qiiickella, having a penis similar to that of Qiiick-

ella vagans (Pilsbry) .

Succinea vermeta generally has been considered to be a syno-

nym of Succinea avara Say. The type of S. avara in the Academy

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is an immature shell and is

not identifiable. The type locality is presumed to be Minnesota.

There is only one lot of shells labeled S. avara from that State in

the A.N.S.P. and these appear to be different from the New Har-

mony shells. Until more is known about the small succineids of

Minnesota the identity of S. avara cannot be determined. Until

the identity of S. avara is established, the author proposes that

the name Qiiickella vermeta (Say) be applied to the species as

typified by the snails found in the vicinity of New Harmony,

Indiana.

Qiiickella vermeta is apparently widely distributed in the mid-

west, the author having collected it in Indiana, Ohio, Kentucky,

Tennessee, and West Virginia.

Succinea Indiana Pilsbry,

On May 3, 1958, the author collected Succinea indiana Pilsbry

at the type locality near New Harmony, Indiana. Upon dissec-

tion of the animal it was found to be unrelated to 5. aurea Lea,

in the synonymy of which it was later placed by Pilsbry. Land

Moll. N. A. 2:815, 817, figs. 441-i. The penis is similar to that of

Succinea campestris Say, the mantle is dark gray without the spots

characteristic of S. concordialis Gould. Succinea indiana must,

therefore, be considered a distinct species belonging to section

Calcisuccinea Pilsbry.

The type locality for Succinea indiana is the grassy slope of a

hill on the farm of Charles Frieg, a little south of, and across

the road from the Labyrinth. The loess exposure above, is the

type locality for Pomatiopsis scalaris F. C. Baker, and since the

exposure is a natural one it is probably also the type locality for

Hendersonia occulta (Say) .

62 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

MARINES FROM MANUS, ADMIRALTY ISLANDS

By ALAN SOLEM

Chicago Natural History Museum

The only papers dealing specifically with the marine mollusks

of the Admiralty Islands are those of Ingram and Kenyon (1945)

and McLean and Hebert (1946). A few additional records can

be found in Leschke (1912), C. R. Boettger (1916), and the

Challenger reports.

While studying more extensive collections from the Solomons

and New Hebrides, I identified a small collection made by Dr.

Harold W. Harry at ALinus Island in October 1944. Of the 92

species, only 31 had been listed by McLean and Hebert (1946) .

Most of the species are common and widely distributed, but a

few significant new records are incorporated. Because the fauna

is so poorly known, it has been thought worthwhile to record

the entire collection. Species not listed by McLean and Hebert

(1946) are preceded by an asterisk (*) . For the more unusual

species, an authority for identification is cited.

The specimens are deposited in the University of Michigan

Museum of Zoology, with a few duplicates in the Chicago Natural

History Museum.

*Anadara scapha Meuschen. Barhatia bicolorata Dillwyn (:=

fusca Bruguiere) . *B. ovata Gmelin (= nivea Chemnitz) . Hip-

popus hippopus Linne. Fragum fragum Linne. T r achy car dium

flaviim Linne. *Gafrarium pectinatiim Linne. * Venus (Peri-

glypta) puerpera Linne. Mesodesma (Atactodea) striatuyn La-

marck. *Donax (Latona) cuneahis Linne. *Cyclotellina rernies

Linne. Tellina staurella Lamarck. *Corbula modesta Hinds

(Reeve, Corbula, pi. II, fig. 14a-b) .

Hemitoma tricarinata Born. Clnysostoma paradoxiun Born.

*Euchelus (Euchelus) atratus Gmelin. *Thalotia (Thalotia)

elongata Wood (Man. Conch., 11: pi. 45, fig. 56) . Trociius (Tro-

chus) maculatus Linne, form venrucosiis Gmelin (Kiener, Tro-

chus, pi. 109, fig. 4). *Liotia (Liotia) peronii Kiener. *Turbo

(Marmarostoma) argyrostomus Linn^. *T. (Af.) cliiysostomuf

Linne. T. (Turbo) petholahis petholatus Linne.

Angaria delphinus delphinxis Linne (^ laciniata Lamarck) .

*Phasianella histrio Reeve (Man. Conch., 10: pi. 87, figs. 34. 35).

*Nerita (Theliostyla) albicilla Linne. *N. (T.) patula Recluz.

N. (Ritena) plicata Linn^. N. (Amphinerita) polita Linn^.

Littorinopsis undulatiis Gray. * Modulus tectus Gmelin. *Cer-

ithium columna Sowerby. *C. consisum Hombron and Jacquinot

October, 1958 nautilus 63

{= morus Lamarck). *C. echinatum Lamarck. Liocerithium

piperitum Sowerby.

Rhinoclaviis jasciatus Brugiere. R. sinense Gmelin (= obelis-

cus Bruguiere) . *Amalthea australis Quoy and Gaimard (= con-

ica Schumacher?) . Canarium (Oostrombus) gibberulum Linne.

*C. {Canarium) labiatum Roding (= ustulatus plicatus Lam-

arck)^ (see Dodge, 1946: figs. 3, 7) . C. (Eiiprotomus) lentiginosum

Linne. C. (Conomurex) luhiianum Linne. C. (Canarium) mu-

tabilis Swainson (=r floridanum Lamarck) (see Dodsre, 1946; fi^s.

4, 8).

Terebellum terebellum Linne (= subulatum Lamarck) . *Ze-

bina (Morchiella) gigantea Deshayes (H. and A. Adams, Gen.

Recent Shells, IH: pi. 35, fig. 1) . *Z. (M.) spirata Sowerby (Man.

Conch., 9: pi. 59, fig. 31). *A^. (iV.) areolata Recluz. *N. (N.)

marochiensis lurida Philippi.

*Polinices ftemingianus Recluz. P. mammilla Linne. P. mela-

nostoma Gmelin. *Staphylaea staphylaea Linne. Colubraria

strepta Grossman {■= distorta Schubert and Wagner). *C. niti-

dula Sowerby (Man. Gonch., 3: pi. 14, fig. 130).

*Cymatium gutturnium Roding, *Gyrineum natator Roding

(= tuberculatum Broderip) . Lampusia cJilorostoma Lamarck.

*Semicassis (Casmarea) vibex Linne. *Chicoreus (Chicoreus)

micropJiyllus Lamarck.

*Maculotriton serriale Leborde and Deshayes (= bracteatus

Hinds) . Nassa sertum Brugiere (= francolinus Brugiere) . *Pin-

axia coronata Adams (H. and A. Adams, Gen. Recent Shells, IH:

pi. 14, fig. 1) . * Cor alii ophila cantrainei Montrouzier. *C. defor-

mis Lamarck. *Columbella (Euplica) turturina Lamarck. *C.

(Columbella) varians Sowerby. C. (C.) versicolor Sowerby.

*Cantharus fumosus Dillwyn. *C. gracilis Reeve (Reeve, Buc-

cinum, figs. 96, 97) . *C. undosus Linne. *Engina mendicaria

Linne. *Alectrion (Alectrion) acuticosta Montrouzier (Jour, de

Gonchyl., 12: pi. 10, fig. 8) . *A. (Zeuxis) lentiginosus Adams

(Reeve, Nassa, pi. Ill, fig. 15) . *A. (Z.) sertula Adams (Man.

Gonch., 4: pi. 10, fig. 16).

*Arcularia globosa Quoy and Gaimard (Reeve, Nassa, pi. X,

fig. 62) . *A. granifera Kiener (Man. Gonch., 4: pi. 8, figs. 39-41) .

*Hebra muricata Quoy and Gaimard (Reeve, Nassa, pi. XI, fig.

73) . *H. subspinosa Lamarck (Kiener, Buccinum, pi. 26, fig.

103). *Hima paupera Gould (Man. Gonch., 4: pi. 15, fig. 246).

*Nassaria coronata Brugiere. *N. crassa Koch. *Niothia albes-

cens Dunker. *Pusia discolorea Reeve (Man. Gonch., 4: pi. 55,

fig. 580) . *Scabricula (Chrysame) adusta Lamarck. Vasum tur-

binellum Linne.

*Clavatula unizonalis Lamarck. *Crassispira bijubata Reeve.

Turris babylonia Linne. *r. cingulifera Lamarck. *T. picturata

Weinkauff. *Conus arenatus Bruguiere. *C. ceylonensis sponsalis

64 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

Gmelin. C. coronatus Gmelin (= miliaris Brugiere) .

References

Boettger, Caesar R. 1916. Abhl. Senckenb. Naturf. GeselL, 36 (3) :

287-308, pis. 21-23.

Dodge, Henry. 1946. Amer. Mus. Novit., 1314: 8 pp., 8 figs.

Ingram, W. M. & K. W. Kenyon. 1945. Nautilus, 58 (4) : 129-134.

Leschke, M. 1912. Mitt. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, 29 (2) : 89-172,

Ipl.

McLean, R. W. and C. H. Hebert. 1946. Nautilus, 60 (2) : 54-57.

PHIL LEWIS MARSH

1891-1957

The death ol Dr. Marsh (plate 7) on October 12, 1957, was a

serious loss to American malacology and the many fields to which

he contributed. Phil was born in Tombstone, Arizona, on Feb-

ruary 4, 1891. His father was E. O. Marsh, a teacher, a Greek

scholar, and a collector of good books, which fascinated Phil and

furthered his interest in literature. These had much to do with

his strong convictions that the professional man should have a

well rounded education, not only for development of skill, but

also for personal satisfaction. Books about great philosophers

helped Phil formulate a sound concept of life, which did not

place science and religion in conflict. In the years ahead, he was

to help perplexed students and scientists to formulate their own

beliefs.

Upon graduation from the University of Michigan (A.B.) in

1911, Phil entered the Medical School. But he enlisted on De-

cember 14, 1917, in World War I. As a member of the Medical

Corps, he served until July 13, 1919, on the Alsace front. Chateau

Thierry and Fismus offensive, and in Jurigny, Mt. Fancon,

Barrtheville and Haramont actions. After his return to Michigan,

he was granted his M.D. in 1919 and M.A. in 1923.

Following his internship, he was appointed to the staff of the

Medical School, and served in Internal Medicine, as instructor

from 1921 and assistant professor from 1924 to 1926. During

these years, he was associated with Dr. L. R. Newburgh in many

research projects, and together they developed the high fat diet

for treatment of diabetes mellitus, before the discovery of insulin.

Since he knew this diabetes was hereditary, he grappled with the

problem of increasing the life of young diabetics until they might

October, 1958 nautilus 65

produce children, some of whom would also be diabetics — an

unsolved problem to date.

Later he practiced internal medicine in Detroit for 10 years,

and was a part-time consultant for the Chrysler Motor Company.

He was made a member of Sigma Xi in 1922, a charter member

of the Detroit Academy of Sciences in 1929, and joined the

American Malacological Union in Ann Arbor in 1937.

His interest in collecting shells undoubtedly was fostered by

the years he spent on Muskinosa, an isle which belonged to his

family, off of Drummond Island. After 1935, when he collected

marine shells in California, Phil's interest in mollusks, his knowl-

edge of systematics and his zeal for collecting developed with

characteristic rapidity. In 1936, the collections of the late Bryant

Walker moved to Ann Arbor. Calvin Goodrich, then Curator of

Mollusks, solicited Phil's assistance, to work with our small group

in cataloguing the 100,000 lots in the Walker collections. In 1938,

he was appointed Honorary Associate Curator of Mollusks, a

position which he held for almost 20 years.

One of his major interests was the distribution of land mollusks

in Michigan. His studies led to a publication on the Stenotrema

monodon group (Naut. 5^:113-116, 1941), in which he carefully

delimited the ranges of the two species and one form as they

occur in this state. But he keenly appreciated that the patterns

revealed by the detailed maps of all the Michigan species were

inaccurate, because only the regions around active centers were

represented reasonably well in collections. Consequently, Phil

worked intensively to fill in the gaps in the neglected areas. Plans

are under way to publish his data posthumously.

Early in 1940, Phil joined Alan Archer on a collecting trip into

southeastern states. After a few days in Florida with the late Dr.

Bales, the McGintys and the Kotos, they explored the southern

Piedmont eastward to near Augusta, Georgia. In August, 1941,

Phil accompanied Goodrich on a collecting trip into the Rocky

Mountains, and proved that Zoogenetes harpa (Say) did occur

there. (Naut. 55:97-98, 1942) .

Phil's hobbies included travel, gardening, fishing, writing lim-

ericks, concocting puzzles, cooking and just visiting with people.

1 Mrs. Marsh kindly supplied interesting and pertinent information for

this article.

66 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

When he married Ola Gladys Hylton,^ a doctor in Public Health,

who also had been associated with the University of Michigan,

they combined their mutual interests. From their home in Ann

Arbor, they collected extensively in Washtenaw County, and

helped greatly to make it the most thoroughly collected in the

Great Lakes region. — Henry van der Schalie.

AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION

24th ANNUAL MEETING, SEPT. 2-6, 1958

After an absence of 21 years, the A. M. U. returned to the

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, for a four-day

meeting, September 2 to 6, 1958. The 65 registered guests en-

joyed the hospitality of the university, which provided bedrooms,

excellent meals, meeting room and a comfortable lounge, all in

the spacious and modern South Quadrangle Dormitory.

Added features provided by Dr. Henry van der Schalie and his

helpful staff were a visit to the University Museum and a bus

tour of the campus.

Dr. Aurele LaRocque, President of the Union, presided over

the lecture sessions, during which the following papers were read:

"Small beginnings" by Adlai B. Wheel, Sr. "Distribution and

color patterns of Cepaea hortensis at Cape Ann, Massachusetts"

by Ralph W. Dexter. "Results of the Puritan-American-Museum

Expedition to western Mexico" by William K. Emerson. "Pre-

liminary report on abyssal Atlantic mollusks from the Theta and

Vema expeditions" by Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. "Cypraea jnus needs

attention" by Crawford N. Gate. "A monograph that needs to be

published" (read for) Morris K. Jacobson. "Julia Ellen Rogers"

by Crawford W. Gate. "Pleistocene molluscan faunas of the Hum-

boldt site, Ross County, Ohio" (read for) Martin B. Reynolds.

"Pleistocene molluscan faunas of the Newell Lake deposit, Logan

County, Ohio" by James A. Zimmerman. "Methods of studying

Pleistocene non-marine Mollusca" by Aurele LaRocque. "Chro-

mosomes of basommatophoric pulmonates" by John B. Burch.

"Evolution of predator-prey relationships in snail-killing sciomy-

zid larvae (Diptera) " by C. O. Berg, B. A. Foote and S. E. Neff.

"Preliminary tests of the ability of sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) to

destroy snails of medical importance" by S. E. Neff and C. O.

PLATE 7

V-

^

FHILIl' LEWIS MARSH

1891-1957

NAUTILUS 72 (2)

PLATE 8

M

U-X) v^

Radiilii ol II\/).\cl().sl()ifui hisuhtnim Pilsbrv

/O 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

\ ArJII.rS fiiuiiKcs. N, IK), ol .sul)scril)crs. 1*. printing cost. S. siihst ri|)ii()i

iiKoiiic. S/l'. in ',. \()s. ;ii l)()ii(»ni oi\c' yciirs, HX);")-');"); those at ri^ht, imil

liplcs ol \. S ,<: |» ol \()ls. IS'JI (Scale ol upper S x - '•'><! ^^/I' X l^^) • ^"^K-'l*

al)()\e I") and ")()-.')"> show price increases.

October, 1958 nautilus 67

Berg. "The morphology oi Lymnaea emarginata Say, with re-

marks on problems relating to the systematics of lymnaeids" by

Harold J. Walter. "Guyidlachia in Michigan" by Paul F. Basch.

"The egg-laying habits of Pomatiopsis lapidaria and P. cincin-

natiensis; problems relating to the culture of schistosome inter-

mediate hosts" by Henry van der Schalie and Dee S. Dundee.

"Remarks on Cmychiiim stygium" by Leslie Hubricht. "Remarks

on the Sphaeriidae" by H. B. Herrington. "A pleurocerid index

to past collecting in the Ohio and Tennessee River basins with

some thoughts for the future" by Joseph E. Rosewater. "A study

of the Ancylidae" by Paul F. Basch. "Further study of the salt

marsh snails" by Joseph P. E. Morrison. "Brackish water genera

of Mactridae" by Joseph P. E. Morrison.

One session was devoted to the memory of the late Dr. Henry

A. Pilsbry, with reminiscences by his colleagues and friends. It

was opened by H. B. Baker: "An appreciation of Dr. Pilsbry 's

scientific contributions." Several others spoke with feeling of

their associations with the first president of the A. M. U.

Following the annual dinner on Thursday night, delegates and

their guests were entertained by a series of slides together with

the running comments of Dr. Elmer G. Berry. The beautiful

scenes, taken as he and Mrs. Berry traveled about Africa under

the auspices of the World Health Organization, were inter-

spersed with those which illustrated the seriousness of the snail-

spread, mainly tropical diseases of schistosomiasis.

On the final day, a field trip was made, which combined stops

at good collecting spots for land and freshwater species with a

box lunch at the final destination, the University of Michigan

biological field station known as the George Reserve, some 18

miles northwest of Ann Arbor.

The following officers were elected to serve in 1958-1959:

President, R. Tucker Abbott. Vice President, Katherine Van

Winkle Palmer. Second vice president, John E. Fitch. Secretary-

Treasurer, Margaret C. Teskey. Publications Editor, George M.

Moore. Councillors-at-large, John Q. Burch, Ruth A. Craine, Les-

lie Hubricht and Thomas E. Pulley. Elected to honorary Hfe

membership, H. Burrington Baker and Joseph C. Bequaert.

The 1959 meeting will be held next June in and/or near Phila-

delphia, where the host organization will be the Philadelphia

68 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

Shell Club, which is already hard at work to insure that the

25th annual meeting shall be unusually fine. — Margaret C.

Teskey, Secretary, P. O. Box 238, Marinette, Wisconsin.

NOTES AND NEWS

Radula of IIypselostoma insularum. — H. insularinn was de-

scribed by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry from Yonakunijima, one of the

Ryukyu chain, in 1908. Fortunately I have received several speci-

mens of this species, collected from the same island by Mr. Tetsuo

Amano, through Dr. Tokubei Kuroda. Hypselostoma is hardly

distinct from Boysidia in its radular features, which are as follows:

Transverse row with 23 teeth, of which 4 are laterals and 7 are

marginals. Central tooth (at left in pi. 8, upper figure) unicuspid,

narrow, about half width of the laterals, which are bicuspid,

with large, square, basal plates; larger inner cusp somewhat

crowded over by smaller outer one. Marginals 9 (inner 3 shown

at right of fig.) low and wide, with more reduced cusps toward

the outer end of the row. Cf. T. Habe, 1958, Venus 19: pp. 109-1 17.

Tadashige Habe^ Amakusa Marine Bioligical Laboratory,

Kyushu, Japan.

QuicKELLA VAGANs (Pilsbry) . Dr. John M. Teal recently sent

us a fine series of this species collected from behind the sand

dunes on Sapelo Island, Georgia. This record extends the south-

ern range of this species considerably, the prior record being

Lake Waccamaw, Columbus Co., North Carolina. — W. J. Clench

Physa compacta Pease. During a trip to the Orient, Dr. N. L.

H. Krauss collected a small series of freshwater shells at Sha Tin,

New Territories, Hong Kong, China. In this series, there were

several specimens of Physa compacta Pease, a species heretofore

known only from the Hawaiian Islands. There are no known

endemic members of the Physidae from southern Asia, at least

east of India and south of Siberia. This record seems worthy of

note as this aquatic species may spread over a large area in time

on ornamental or edible freshwater plants. — W. J. Clench

The family STENACivimAE. — Attention should be drawn to the

close similarity of Habea inazawai Kuroda from Japan (Jap.

Journ. Malac. ["Venus"], 13: 11-14, fig. 1; Habe, ibid., pp. 65-67,

October, 1958 nautilus 69

figs. 1-6, both 1943) to Stenacme floridana Pilsbry of Florida

(Naut., 58: 112-116, pi. 5, 1945). Copies of the former publica-

tion did not reach the United States until long after the end of

the war. llabea Kuroda, 1943, was placed in the family Epitoni-

idae (or "Scalidae") , which are at present considered proso-

branchs. Stenacme Pilsbry, 1945, was placed in tJie pulmonale

superfamily Amphibolacea and in a "new" family, the Stenac-

midae. The descriptions and illustrations of the two species show

clearly that they are almost certainly congeneric. The shell,

operculum, radula, egg capsule and shape of the foot are virtually

identical. In both, the side of the foot extends up over part of

the shell on each side. There are slight differences in the shell.

Therefore, we conclude that the Floridian species should be

known as Habea floridana (Pilsbry) .

On ecologic grounds, a marine amphibolacean would be im-

probable. Species in the Amphibolidae live in fresh or brackish

water and are known from New Zealand, Australia, the East

Indies, Japan, China, India and South Africa. The placement of

Habea in the Epitoniidae by Kuroda appears to be correct, for

the radula is ptenoglossate and the egg capsules show similarities

to those of Epitonium turtonae (Turton) ["Scala twtonis"] as

figured by Thorson (Medd. Komm. f. Danmarks Fiskeri — og

Havunders., Plankton, 4(1): 194, 1946). The smooth shell of

Habea makes it a somewhat aberrant member of the family. In

shell characters, it shows affinities with the Janthinidae, an allied

family, all species of which are pelagic. The Japanese species is

semi-parasitic on a sea anemone, Aiptasiomorpha luciae (Verrill) ,

which is an almost cosmopolitan species. It also occurs at Beau-

fort, North Carolina, and Port Aransas, Texas, as well as on the

Pacific coasts of Asia and North America, as stated by J. W.

Hedgpeth, in Fish. Bull. 89, Fish and Wildlife Service, pp. 285-

290, 1954. The anemone may be present also in Florida. Both

snails live intertidally on beaches of pebbles and rocks. Some

species of Epitonium are also parasitic. — Robert Robertson and

Katura Oyama.

FuLGORARiA KANEKo Hirase.

Fulgoraria kaneko Hirase, 1922. Illustrations of a Thousand

Shells, Vol. 4, fig. 319 (no locality given). Jan. 15, 1922.

Fulgoraria kaneko Kuroda and Habe, 1950. Illustrated Cata-

70 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

logue of Japanese Shells, Vol. 1, no. 5, p. 31, pi. 5, fig. 9; pi. 6,

fig. 2, (Kyoto, Japan) .

Description: Shell reaching 110 mm. (about 41/2 inches) in

length, fusiform and costate. Color a dull and light reddish brown.

Aperture elliptical in outline. Suture slightly indented. Outer lip

thin. Columella oblique and supporting 5 well developed plicae.

Nuclear whorls 21/2 and smooth, remaining whorls sculptured

with numerous and broad, axial costae (11 on the ultimate

whorl) . Microscopic sculpture consists of very fine spiral threads,

which produce a reticulate pattern where the spiral threads cross

the axial growth lines. Length 110, width 38 mm. neoholotype.

Kuroda and Habe redescribed this species, using the same

name, in the "Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese Shells," 1950,

Vol. 1, No. 5, p. 31.

According to the International Rules, a figured specimen with

a name is legally "described" even though no descriptive text is

associated with such a figure. To illustrate this point, consider

the many figures of Lamarck published in the "Liste, Encyclo-

pedic et Methodique" in 1816 which refer to figures only. The

text descriptions did not appear until many years later though

the various names of the species date from 1816. There are, of

course, many other examples.

Kuroda and Habe created a neotype because Hirase's original

specimen was destroyed during the recent war. This is permis-

sible if no known primary types exist, but in this case we possess

one of Hirase's paratypes. This specimen, Museum of Compara-

tive Zoology no. 43699, becomes a neoholotype with the type

locality, Korea Strait, Japan. There is an additional paratype in

the United States National Museum no. 343918 from the same

locality and also received originally from Y. Hirase.

The four volume set of Hirase's "Illustrations of a Thousand

Shells" was an attempt not only to illustrate the many species of

the land, freshwater and marine mollusks of Japan but also to

express the artistry of fine Japanese woodcuts which had reached

a high degree of development in Kyoto. The four vohmies ap-

peared between 1914 and 1922. — William J. Clench.

The Nautilus finances. — As proof of the statements made in

the history of the Pilsbry Nautilus (vol. 71, p. 112), 6 un-

smoothed "curves" are presented (pi. 8, lower fig.) . The scale

along the bottom represents years (1905-1955) while the vertical

October, 1958 nautilus 71

one at the right shows multiples (1-7) of the yearly (volume)

costs of printing (P) and receipts from subscriptions (S) during

volumes 18 to 21 (P equals |200) . Also these are multiples of

the number (190) of paid subscriptions (N) during the same

period. The steps around 1915 and at the right represent the

increases in price from $1.00 a year to $3.50. These steps also

show the intervals plotted (at the mid-points) : 3 volumes from

vols. 18-54, and 4 vols, from 55-71 (1941-57) . Near the top of the

figure, the differences between costs of printing (P) and paid

subscriptions in the same units (S) and in percentages (S/P) are

plotted. The vertical scale (shown at left) of the upper S is twice

that of the lower curves, while that of S/P (1 marks 20%) is 10

times as great.

The increases of P and necessarily of S (N times price) during

the two world wars and the accompanying inflations are very

marked. The loss of foreign subscribers around 1915-20 also is

noticeable, but that before 1943 (the sharp break in N?) is

masked by the increase in the U. S. subscriptions. Expressed in

dollars, the effects of the last world war seem much greater than

those of the older one, but the percentages of increase (not

shown) and of the differences (S/P) are as great or greater dur-

ing the earlier war. For example, the greatest percentage increase

occurred between 1920 and 1923, and the total increase around

the older war was 2.2 times, and was 2.4 times for all the recent

years. Also, the price of the Nautilus was doubled by the older

war and has increased only I1/9 times between 1949 and 1957.

Similarly, the percentage differences (S/P) between S and P drop

lower either side of the 1918 peak than they do around 1951.

Whether P and S will level off in future years, as they did be-

tween 1922 and 1943, remains to be seen. The Nautilus points

with pride to the fact that the only times when the receipts from

subscriptions (S) have exceeded slightly the bare costs of print-

ing (postage and envelopes not included in P) were short periods

around 1918 and at the present time, just after increases in price.

Of course, since the Nautilus has no endowment, the gaps be-

tween total costs (12% more than P in vol. 70) and incomes from

subscriptions (S) have been bridged mainly by the sales of back

numbers.

A general conclusion may interest those bored by financial sta-

72 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (2)

tistics. Relatively, the number of subscribers has not increased

significantly (about 4%) more than has the population of the

U. S., and probably less than have the people of the Avorld. When

one considers the rapid increase in hobbyists during recent years,

enthusiasm for the science of malacology evidently has dimin-

ished proportionately during the first half of the century, and

this may apply to basic science as a whole. Have we passed the

peak of our civilization? — H. Burrington Baker.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Pacific sea shells. By Spencer Wilkie Tinker. 230 pp. and

Index. Plates on every other page. Revised Edition pub. by Chas.

E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Vermont. Printed in Japan. $3.25. 1958.—

Included in this new printing are the common gastropods and a

few chitons, tooth shells, and cephalopods of Hawaii, and the

South Seas. Description of each species is for the most part oppo-

site to its illustration, a great help to beginning shell collectors,

and both common and scientific names are given. Unfortunately

Mr. Tinker follows the old French habit, which perhaps is more

correct morphologically, of figuring shells with the apexes down-

ward. Because of uniformly dark background, some dark colored

shells are completely unidentifiable from plate. However, this

handbook surely will be very useful to the novice. — B. B. B.

Fossil land shells from western Pacific atolls. By Harry S.

Ladd. J. of Paleont. 32:183-198, pi. 30, 1958.— Four new species

(3 named) of fossil ptychodons from the Ellice and Marshall

Islands are described and figured. But do endodonts have a "fe-

male" (p. 192)?— H. B. B.

The family Succineidae in Kansas. By Charles D. Miles. Univ.

Kas. Sci. Bull. 3S, pt. 2 (24) : 1499-1543, incl. 4 pis. 1958.— This

studies the 7 known spp. Good descriptions and figures of shells

and genitalia are included. Incidentally, is not the lateral penial

lobe in Q;uichelln a diverticulum rather than a terminal "appen-

dix," as it usually has been called? — H. B. B.

Materials para o esti ixj da fauna malacologica de Mocam-

BIQUE. By J. M. Braga. Publ. Inst. Zool. "Dr. Augusto Nobre," no.

October, 1958 nautilus iii

50, 67 pp., 14 pis. 1956. This is a report on a collection of mainly

marine, with a few inland mollusks obtained by the Zoological

Mission of Mozambique, Africa. Photographs of over 100 marine

shells are given. — H. B. B.

Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-

AUSTRIAN archipelago. V. CRITICAL REVISION OF THE JAVANESE

FRESHWATER GASTROPODS. By W. S. S. van Bcnthcm Jutting. Treu-

bia 23 (2): 259-477. 135 text — figs. 1956.— The valuable paper

collates keys and descriptions of all the groups. The clear figures

show the shells of most species and the radulae of many. Habitat

and distribution notes and synonymies of the species are given. —

H. B. B.

Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de l'archipel Neo-

Caledonien. By Andre Franc. Mem. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., serie A,

tome 13. 200 pp. and 24 pis. 1956 — This is an excellent compila-

tion of the known inland species from New Caledonia, with fine

new figures of the majority, including many type shells. It should

be of great help to future collectors. Above the species level, little

systematic contribution is attempted; the arrangement mainly

follows Thiele, but with mechanical promotion of some groups

to generic rank. In the Helicarionidae, for example, no species of

Microcystis (Austral and Cook Islands) would be expected so far

west; three of those listed as such possibly are Sesarinae near Orpi-

ella; but the other might be a Lamprocystis (Microcystinae) .

The figure of "Kaliella" subfulva looks like a Liardetia. — H. B. B.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide) . Exchange or purchase. Can oflFer good marine

specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

How TO COLLECT SHELLS: Published by the American Malacological Union.

$1.00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskey, Sect., P. O. Box 238, Marinette, Wis.

Sea Shells

of Tropical

West America

MARINE MOLLUSKS

FROM LOWER CAUFORNIA TO COLOMBIA

A. Myra Keen

This is the first attempt to list and provide illus-

trations of the sea shells of the entire area of the Pan-

amic marine province — the area between the Gulf of

California and Colombia. Concise descriptions of

1,650 species of sea shells, with about 1,500 illustra-

tions, cover most of the recorded forms larger than

about one-fifth of an inch in length. For the smaller

forms, sample illustrations are given. About 70 type

specimens are here figured for the first time.

The notes on geographic distribution of the species

indicate where the collector might expect to find them,

and an extensive bibliography is included to help the

scientist and serious amateur make use of the scattered

literature. The glossary explains technical terms com-

monly used by collectors, but an effort has been made

to use nontechnical language wherever possible.

Some of the most colorful forms are shown on the

ten pages of four-color plates. $12.50

Stanford University Press

Stanford^ California

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 JANUARY, 1959 No. 3

VARIABILITY OF SHELL IN APLYSIA CALIFORNICA

By LINDSAY R. WINKLERi

Allan Hancock Foundation,2 University of California, Los Angeles 7

In the west coast sea hare, the shell is almost or completely

hidden by the shell-forming organ or mantle, which in turn,

is covered by the folds of the parapodial lobes. The aplysiid

shell is a broad, shield-shaped, chitinous structure resembling

the half of a bivalve shell. In some species it possesses a thin

calcareous lining.

In even small specimens of Aplysia calif ornica Cooper, the

mantle has completely covered the shell and the aperture has

all but closed. The mantle margin is united into a minute tube

on the dorsal surface of the shell. The apex of the shell is

attached at a point to the left of the excurrent siphon.

Pilsbry (1895, p. 67) noted the undesirability of the aplysiid

shell as a basis for classification in these words: "So many

species are . . . described merely from the least characteristic

organ — the shell — that any attempt at arrangement . . . will

doubtless be subject to much revision in the future." The writer

first noted the variation of the shell when describing A. vaccaria

(Winkler, 1955) and included photographs of the shell to illus-

trate the variation. In the present paper, the intra-specific varia-

tion of the shell is further reiterated.

Materials and Methods: Shells were obtained from the size-

able collection of specimens of A. calif ornica deposited in the

Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California.

These were supplemented by many shells taken during the

process of other aplysiid investigations. The shells were taken

from 70% alcohol, laid on wet 3x5 cards and traced around.

These tracings became the basis for the sketches herewith pre-

sented.

1 Present address: School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Linda,

California.

2 Allan Hancock Foundation Contribution Number 231.

73

74 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Observatiojis: In shells of Aplysia calijornica, the normal

change in structure becomes apparent when shells of specimens

of different size ranges are arranged side by side. The shell

from a 2 to 3 inch specimen is flat and elongately shield-shaped

(PL 9, fig i) . As the animal grows to five or six inches, the shell

assumes the hatchet-shaped form of the adult specimen as de-

scribed by Cooper (1863) (fig. c) . Unfortunately, because of

the size of the adult animal and because the young are often

much more abundant than larger animals, the young animals

form the bulk of the specimens in most collections. The result

is that most shells available for study are juvenile shells, not

necessarily typical of the adults of the species.

After the first year, the animals begin to thicken their shells

with a chitinous material. A. calif ornica normally does not have

a calcareous layer as do some others; however, in the young

the writer has occassionally observed specimens having weak

calcareous layers. These juveniles had a high percentage of

coralline algae in their fecal pellets which indicated a diet high

in calcium. This may have resulted in excess calcium being

deposited as the calcareous layer not normally present in the

species.

Many shell anomalies have been noted. Among them are those

illustrated in plate 9. Fig. e shows a complete shell, but all

embryonic stages through the third are in an abnormal position.

In spite of this, the neaplysiid attachment plate, normally built

in the plane of the nucleus, is present with both the embryonic

nucleus and the final shell resembling the normal in other re-

spects. Fig. d shows an abnormal shell in which the nucleus

was not present.

As the sea hare grows older, a chitin-like material is often laid

down in heavy ridges and, in some other species, as mentioned

by Cooper (1863), produces an apparent compounding of shells.

This has not been observed, however, in A. calif ornica.

Discussion: As the writer has shown (Winkler, 1958), the larval

shell develops through a gastropod stage and finally opens out

into a spoon-shaped, covering shell which later develops into

the characteristic organic shell of the adult. This shell, which

was important for the protection of the larval and post-larval

animal, becomes vestigial after metamorphosis and would seem

January, 1959 nautilus 75

to have little or no further bearing on survival. Such a shell

appears to have little further care exercised in its construction

and becomes very variable.

This has a practical bearing on specific studies on aplysiids

in emphasizing that the shell in itself is a very unreliable cri-

terion on which to base a new species.

Summary

The normal shell of A. calif arnica shows variability from

elongatedly shield-shaped to broadly hatchet-shaped. This is the

normal progression in shell shape as the sea hare grows to adult-

hood. Shell anomalies occur which apparently do not affect the

future of the individual.

Literature Cited

Cooper, J. C, 1863. Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 5:57.

Pilsbry, H. A., 1895. Manual of Conchology, (1) 7^:65-112.

Winkler, Lindsay R., 1955. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 5^:5-7.

. 1958. The metamorphosis of the shell in the California sea

hare. Aplysia calijornica, Cooper. Pacific Science 72:348.

CLASSIFICATION AND RADULA OF

MITROMORPHA ATRAMENTOSA

By VIRGINIA ORR

The small cone-like snail, Mitromorpha atramentosa (Reeve)

{Gastropoda: Turridae), found in the littoral waters of the

Indo-Pacific from Hawaii to Zanzibar, has been placed by vari-

ous workers into three families, Conidae, ColumbelUdae and

Turridae. The confusion in its classification was largely due to

ignorance of its soft parts, especially its radula, and to a combi-

nation of shell characters common to several groups.

In February, 1957, a living specimen was collected on the

outer reef at Kiwengwa, Zanzibar, by the Natural Science Foun-

dation-Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia expedition.

The radula of this animal was compared with that of M. filosa

(Carpenter) , type of the genus Mitromorpha Carpenter, to

which atramentosa was assigned by Thiele (1929) and Wenz

(1943). Radulae and shells compared are in the collection of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

76 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

MiTROMORPHA Carpenter 1865.

Type: by monotypy, Dnphnella filosa Carpenter 1864. Range:

Eocene-West Indies, Pliocene-Europe. Recent: Atlantic and

Pacific America and Indo-Pacific.

Shell biconic, small; posterior siphonal notch inconspicuous;

coliunella smooth; small denticles inside outer lip.

MiTROMORPHA (Lovellona) atramentosa (Rceve)

Conns atramentosus Reeve. 1849. Conch. Icon. v. I, sp. 315.

Conus atramentosus Reeve. Weinkauff 1875. Conch. Cab.

V. 4 (2) p. 382.

Conus (Conella) atramentosus (Reeve) Tryon. 1884. Man-

ual of Conch, v. 6, p. 85.

Conorbis atramentosa (Reeve) \Columbellidae] Pace. 1902.

Proc. Mai. Soc. Lon. v. 5, pp. 43, 56.

Columbella (Conidea) atramentosa (Reeve) Schepman.

1911. Siboga Rep. v. 2, p. 338.

Lovellona atramentosa (Reeve) [Turridae] Iredale. 1917.

Proc. Mai. Soc. Lon. v. 12, pp. 329.

Mitromorpha (Lovellona) atramentosa (Reeve) Thiele. 1929.

Handbuch System. Weicht. v. 2, p. 366.

Mitromorpha (Lorellona) [sic] atramentosa (Reeve) Wenz.

1943. Handbuch Palaozoologie, v. 6, p. 1428.

Type locality: Island of Mindoro, Philippines. Range: littoral

Indo-Pacific, Hawaii to Zanzibar.

The combination of cone-shape, straight smooth columella,

small denticles inside the outer lip and lack of a turrid sinus,

found in the shell of M. atramentosa proved puzzling to many

authors. Many, including Weinkauff (1875) and Tryon (1884),

considered it an ally of the West Indian "Conus" dormitor Sow-

erby and put it in the conid subgenus Conorbis Swainson or in

Conella Swainson. But Pace, in 1902, after a study which in-

cluded the type lot of atramentosa, decided that this group was

not Conidae. He put Conorbis, including atramentosa and dor-

mitor in the buccinid family Columbellidae. These changes of

classification were made with little or no discussion of the reasons

therefor, and were apparently based solely on shell characters.

Meanwhile, Dall (1889, pp. 164-165) studying some related

American material, relegated the West Indian dormitor and

allied species to the eastern Pacific genus "Mitromorplia A. Ads."

(Pleurotomaridae) . He did not mention the Indo-Pacific species

in his paper. In 1917, Iredale showed that Carpenter, not A.

January, 1959

NAUTILUS

77

Ads., was the author of Mitromorpha and the type species was

the Eastern Pacific, filosa not gracilis Carpenter as had been

previously supposed. Concerned with the position of the Indo-

Pacific members of the group, he created a new turrid genus

Lovellona, type atramentosa, without giving his reasons for so

doing. Since then, Thiele (1929) and Wenz (1943) have reduced

Lovellona to a section or subgenus of Mitromorpha. None of

these authors gave references to the radula or soft parts of either

atramentosa or filosa so it is assumed these conclusions on their

affiliations were drawn from shell characters alone.

This makes the comparison of the radulae of these species

interesting for the radula is particularly valuable in indicating

superspecific relationship.

The radula of M. atramentosa is toxoglossate. Its shaft-like

teeth and radula formula, 1: 0: 0: 0: 1, exclude the species from

the rachiglossate family Columhellidae, 0: 1: 1: 1: 0. Its teeth

show considerable resemblance to the Mitromorpha genotype,

M. filosa (figs. 1 and 2) . They are simple, without barbed tips,

serrate shafts, or knobbed bases characteristic of many groups

of Conus (Peile, 1939) or complexly folded and barbed as in

Conorbis (Thiele, 1929, p. 372). Minor differences, such as the

larger base and slightly stockier form of atramentosa teeth, do

not in themselves warrant generic recognition.

Fig. 1. Single tooth from the radula of Mitromorpha atramentosa (Reeve).

Outer reef at Kiwengwa, Zanzibar. (Natural Science Foundation) , ANSP.

212283. Fig. 2. Single tooth from the radula of Mitromorpha filosa (Car-

penter) . San Pedroa Bay, California. (I. S. Oldroyd) ANSP. 114438.

The radula of M. atramentosa is confirming evidence that the

species is correctly placed in the genus Mitromorpha (Turridae^

78 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Bibliography

Dall, W. H., 1889. Blake Report, v. 2, pp. 164, 165.

Iredale, Tom, 1917. Proc. Mai. Soc. Lon., v. 12, pp. 322-330.

Pace, S., 1902. Proc. Mai. Soc. Lon., v. 5, pp. 43, 56.

Peile, A. J., 1939. Proc. Mai. Soc. Lon., v. 23, pp. 348-355.

Powell, A. W. B.. 1942. Bull. Auck. Inst. & Mus. 2, pp. 29, 32,

71, 170, 171.

Schepman, M. xM., 1911. Siboga Report, v. 2, pp. 337, 338.

Thiele, Johannes, 1929. Handbuch System. Weicht. v. 2, pp.

366, 372.

Tryon, G. W., 1884. Manual Conch., (1) v. 6, pp. 85, 161, 317.

Wenz, W., 1943. Handbuch Palaozoo., v. 6, pp. 1427, 1428.

Woodring, Wendell P., 1928. Bowden, pt. 2, pp. 249, 250.

MARINE SHELLS OF MIDDLETON ISLAND, ALASKA

By G. DALLAS HANNA and LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN

Middleton Island is located in the Gulf of Alaska, about 80

miles south of Cordova. It has been visited very infrequently in

the past because of poor landing facilities. In June, 1956, Nor-

man Wilimovsky, John Thomas and Robert Rausch investigated

the natural history of the island to determine, in so far as possible,

the species of animals and plants which have become established

there. Modifications of the surface features are expected to result

from large scale activities in the future.*

The 1956 party assembled a small collection of mollusks which

has been submitted to the California Academy of Sciences for

identification. Twenty-one species are present in the lot and

also one barnacle. To these may be added for reference purposes,

two additional species cited by Dall (1921, pp. 32, 107) from

Middleton Island. Thus the known marine mollusks from this

island consist of 5 pelecypods, 14 gastropods, 3 chitons, 1 cepha-

lopod and one barnacle. All, with one possible exception, are

known to occur in waters of this general region at the present

time. However, this one, Littorina arctica, may have been cited

in Alaskan literature under a different name.

* These studies were aided bv a contract between the Office of Naval Re-

search, Department of the Navy, and the Arctic Institute of North America.

Reproduction in whole or in part is permitted for any purj)ose of the United

States Government.

NAUTILUS 72(3)

PLATE 9

Plate 9. Outlines of shells from various specimens of Aplysia californica

Cooper. The commas indicate the location of the shell nucleus in each speci-

men .

NAUTILUS 72(8)

PLATE 10

Upper 2 lies.. Mh.scuIus vrrnicosus ( MuUlc.ulorll) . l.owcsi t.g.. l.ttorwa

ipiKT -^ Ilg

arc tied Mofller

January, 1959 nautilus 79

A geological investigation of the islands has been made by

Don. J. Miller (1953), of the U. S. Geological Survey. During

the course of his work he obtained 20 species of mollusks (iden-

tified by F. Stearns MacNeil) from Pleistocene sedimentary beds.

Oddly enough, none of these species was found in the collection

being considered here. It is practically certain that the lists of

both fossil and recent species represent only a small portion of

the total molluscan fauna of the island and adjacent waters.

No records of land or freshwater forms have been seen.

A report on the vascular flora of Middleton Island was pub-

lished by Thomas (1957) who listed 116 species and subspecies

representing 42 families. He mentioned that the majority of

these plants also occur to the north on the mainland of Alaska

and on Hinchinbrook Island and Montague Island.

A popular account of this island and its former inhabitants

was published by Parker (1923).

We acknowledge with appreciation the assistance of Allyn G.

Smith in the identification of some of the species and Margaret

M. Hanna for the drawings of the two which are illustrated.

List of species

Pelecypoda: Cardita prolongata Carpenter [Dall, 1921, p. 32].

Musculus vernicosus (Middendorff) . Mytilus californianus Con-

rad. Mytilus edulis Linnaeus. Protothaca staminea ruderata (De-

shayes).

Gastropoda: Acmaea crihraria Carpenter. Acmaea mitra Esch-

scholtz. Acmaea pelta Eschscholtz. Acmaea scutum Eschscholtz.

Buccinum baeri morchianum Fischer. Diodora aspera (Esch-

scholtz). Epitonium (Opalia) chacei Strong.

Littorina arctica Moller. Margarites pupilla (Gould). Ocene-

bra lurida Middendorff. Ocenebra lurida munda Carpenter [Dall,

1921, p. 107]. Searlesia dira (Reeve). Thais canaliculata (Duclos).

Thais lamellosa (Gmelin).

Amphineura: M opalia wosnessenskii (Middendorff) . Schizo-

plax brandtii (Middendorff) . Tonicella lineata (Wood) .

Cephalopoda: Octopus sp.

Cirripedia: Balanus cariosus Pallas.

Mytilus edulis Linnaeus

Mytilus edulis Linnaeus, 1758, p. 705. "Habitat in O. Euro-

paeo, Indico & M. Balthico." Dodge, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist., Vol. 100, Art. 1, p. 213, 1952. Soot-Ryen, 1955, p. 19,

pi. 1, figs. 1, 2; text figs. 1, 2, 10, 11, 1955.

80 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

A few specimens in the present collection are referable to the

well-known mussel Mytilus edulis: Several names have been

proposed for forms of this species occurring in the northeast

Pacific. These include Mytilus trossulus Gould (1850, p. 344;

Schenck, 1945, p. 519, pi. 67, figs. 9-13) described from "Killi-

mook [Tillimook], Puget Sound, Oregon," Mytilus glomeratus

Gould (1851, p. 92) from "San Francisco," and Mytilus edulis

diegensis Coe (1945, p. 28; 1946, pis. 1, 2) from the "pier of the

Scripps Institution" at La Jolla, Galifornia, A monographic

study of West American Mytilidae led Soot-Ryen (1952, p. 20)

to place these names in the synonymy of M. edulis and he stated,

"They may be ecological forms or genetically determined, but

at present it seems impossible to circumscribe a group of speci-

mens from one locality so well that they can be recognized in

a large collection from many localities."

Additional names applied to members of the Mytilus edulis

clan, rather generally overlooked by west American writers, are

those of Nordmann (1862, p. 422, pis. 11, 12) based on forms

from "der Insel Edgecombe" near Sitka, Alaska. Nordmann pro-

posed the name "Mytilus edulis, forma gigantea" {Mytilus gi-

ganteus Holmberg in litt.) for a giant of M. edulis and a

further subdivision of this large form into No. 1 "minor/' length,

90 mm., No. 2, "major" (pi. 11, figs. 1, 2), length, 132 mm., and

a huge form. No. 3, "maximus" (pi. 12, figs. I, 2), length, 235

mm. The latter form measured 97 mm. in width, 78 mm. in

convexity, and the ligament 135 mm. in length.

The illustrations of the form maximus shown by Nordmann

on his Plate 12 reveal the presence of very coarse concentric

sculpture similar to that on some huge specimens of Mytilus

calif or ni anus Conrad from southeastern Alaska. The latter spe-

cies is sculptured with radial ribs in addition to the concentric

rugae, but sometimes the radial ribs are scarcely visible on shells

covered with periostracum. There is therefore an element of

doubt as to whether the shell illustrated on Nordmann's Plate

12 might be referable to Conrad's species rather than to M. edulis.

The huge form from the Pliocene of northern California illus-

trated by Manning %z Ogle (1950, pi. 8, fig. B) under the name

of "Mytilus edulis Linnaeus var," with a length of 235 nun. ap-

pears to be quite similar to the giant forms of M. edulis described

January, 1959 nautilus 81

from southeastern Alaska.

According to Taki & Oyama (1954, pi. 12, figs. 20a, b), the

species cited by Yokoyama under the name of Mytilus giganteus

Holmberg from strata of Pliocene age in Japan is referable to

Mytilus crassitesta Lischke.

MuscuLus vERNicosus (Middendorff) PI. 10, upper 2 figs.

Mod[iolaria]. vernicosa Middendorff, 1849, part 3, p. 536 (20) ,

pi. 11, figs. 25, 26, 27, 27a. "Das Ochotskische Meer (Midd.);

die Inseln Kadjak und Ugak, an der Nordwestkiiste Amerika's

(Wosness.)." Oldroyd, 1924a, p. 78, pi. 28, fig. 11. "Range: Bering

Sea to Sitka, Alaska."

Four specimens in the present collection, the largest 10.7

mm. in length, 8 mm. in height, and 4.6 mm. in maximum

convexity (both valves together), are here referred to Musculus

vernicosus (Middendorff) . An illustration of Middendorff's spe-

cies appeared in I. S. Oldroyd's work but the original description

was not included in her paper. As an aid to others, it is here

cited as follows:

"Testa ovato-oblonga, abbreviata, umbonis a latere antico

valde remotis, tumida, tenui, translucente, laevi, area nulla,

striarum radialium vestigiis obsoletis solummodo antice dete-

gendis; extus aeque ac rubente-fusca; epidermide adnata vernico-

sissima; margine tenerrime denticulato." (Middendorff).

The present specimens agree in all particulars with the de-

scription given by Middendorff. They also agree with the illus-

tration of Modiolaria vernicosa given by I. S. Oldroyd except

that the present shells appear to be slightly longer in proportion

to the height. The similarity is so great that we are inclined

to refer our specimens to the species described by Middendorff.

Judging solely from the original descriptions of Modiolaria

olivacea Dall (1916, p. 405), which was described from "Off

Bering Island, in 10 fathoms," we were at first inclined to refer

our specimens to that species. Dall stated that "This differs in

sculpture, color, and proportions from the young of M. laeviga-

tusr

Modiola laevigata Gray (1824, p. CCXLV. Ref. to Chemnitz,

Conch.— Gab., Vol. 8, p. 193, pi. 86, figs. 764a, b; Wood, 1828,

p. 8, pi. 2, Mytilus, fig. 5) was originally described from Arctic

waters. It was cited by Dall (1921) as occurring in west American

82 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

waters and was illustrated by I. S. Oldroyd (1924, pi. 3, fig. 5),

but in a later publication the same year (1924a, p. 77) this

species along with M. discors L. was referred to M. substriata

Gray, 1824, and the range was given as Arctic Ocean to Puget

Sound. Jensen (1912) cited both laevigata (p. 57, pi. 3, figs. 4a,

4b) and substriata (p. 58, pi. 3, figs. 5a, 5b) as varieties of M.

discors L. The present specimens completely lack the diagonal

impression present on shells of the discors group.

The illustration of Musculus olivaceus (Dall) given by Soot-

Ryen (1955, pi. 8, fig. 39) from Oregon, is that of a shell sculp-

tured with well developed radial riblets. If this be typical of

Ball's species, it is not at all similar to the present shells from

Middleton Island.

LiTTORiNA ARCTiCA Moller. PI. 10, lowest fig.

L\itorina] arctica Moller, 1842, p. 82 (separate p. 9). Ref. to

"Nerita litoralis F.G. L. 5, 3."— Philippi, 1848, p. 68(62), pi. 7,

figs. 24, 25, 26. [Ref. to Moller, p. 9, and Nerita litoralis O.

Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandiae, p. 402 (non Linnaeus)]. "Patria:

Mare arcticum Gronlandiam et Novajam Sembljam alluens."

Littorina arctica (Moller). Kobelt, 1907, p. 63, pi. Ill, fig. 6.

[Illustration from Philippi]. "Aufenthalt im hohen Nerden, an

Gronland und Navaja Semlja."

Littorina gronlandica (Menke). Dall, 1921, p. 153. [Not (of)

Menke, Synop. Meth. Moll., p. 45, 1830. Reference to " (Chemn.

Conch. Cab. V. fig. 1855, a.b.) ," which is a spirally ribbed form].

Several specimens of a low-spired, almost black Littorina

without sculpture except for growth lines, were among the speci-

mens collected. Some difficulty was experienced in selecting an

acceptable name for this form. It is almost certainly the same

species to which Dall referred in 1921 as Littorina gronlandica.

He cited "Tryon, Man., Vol. 9, pi. 41, fig. 7" for an illustration

of the species, one which Tryon copied from "Conch. Icon. f. 69,"

and which he cited as "Littorina arctica Moll. (r= littoralis)."

Littorina littoralis L. {Nerita littoralis L., Syst., Nat., ed. 10,

p. 777, 1758; ed. 12, p. 1253, 1767) as generally interpreted is

a low-spired very thick shell and would not likely be considered

equivalent to the one under consideration. Sars (1878, p. 165,

pi. 9, figs. 9, a-b) cited L. arctica as a synonym of Littorina palli-

ata Say (Turbo palliatus Say, 1822, p. 240. "Inhabits the shores of

the New England States") . This later species was considered by

January, 1959 nautilus 83

Tryon (1887, p. 303) to be a variety of L. littoralis but Kobelt

(1907, p. 62, pi. 110, figs. 21, 22; pi. Ill, fig. 8; pi. 112, figs. 7-11,

21.) recognized it as a distinct species. It has fine spiral sculpture

according to the figures given by him. He also considered L.

arctica to be a distinct species (1907, p. 63, pL 111, fig. 6) , a

decision with which we concur.

Whether this species is as generally distributed as might be

inferred from the range given by Dall (1921) for "L. gronlandica

Menke," namely, "the Okhotsk and Bering seacoasts and east-

ward to Sitka, Alaska; Puget Sound? Also Greenland," and as

might be inferred from his reference to Tryon's figure, is un-

certain. We have not found these smooth, clean, unsculptured

shells in any other Alaskan collections thus far.

Literature Cited

Coe, W. R. 1945. Min. Conch. Club South. Calif., No. 48, p.

28, May.

. 1945a. Jour. Exper. Zool. 99 (1), pp. 1-14, June.

. 1946. Jour. Morphol. 78 (1), pp. 85-103, pis. 1, 2, January.

Dall, W. H. 1916. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 52 (2183), pp. 393-417,

December 27.

. 1921. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 112, pp. 1-217, pis. 1-22, Feb-

ruary 24.

Gould, A. A. 1850. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. 3, pp. 343-348, De-

cember.

. 1851. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, pp. 87-93, November.

Gray, J. E. 1824. Shells. [In] A Supplement to the appendix of

Captain Parry's Voyage for the Discovery of a North-West

Passage, in the years 1819-20. Containing an account of the

subjects of Natural History (John Murray: London), pp.

CCXL-CCXLVI. [The copy of this work which we have

seen belongs to the American Museum of Natural History

in New York. It is found with the volume dealing with

Parry's Second Voyage which was issued in 1824.]

Jensen, A. S. 1912. The Danish Ingolf expedition. Vol. 2, Pt. 5,

Lamellibranchiata, Pt. 1, pp. 1-119, pis. 1-4, 5 figs, in text,

October 23.

Kobelt, W. 1906-1908. Iconographie der Schalentragenden euro-

paeschen Meeresconchylien, Bd. 4, pp. 1-172, pis. 99-126.

[Lieferung 1, pp. 1-16, pis. 99-102, 1906; Lieferung 2, pp.

17-32, pis. 103-106, 1906; Lieferung 3, pp. 33-56, pis. 107-

110, 1906; Lieferung 4, pp. 57-80, pis. 111-114, 1907; Liefe-

rung 5, pp. 81-104, pis. 115-118, 1908; Lieferungen 6 and

7, pp. 105-172, pis. 119-126, 1908].

84 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Lamy, E. 1937. Journ. de Conch., 81 (1), pp. 1-71. April 15.

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae

(Holmiae), ed. 10, Vol. 1, pp. 1-823 (+1).

. 1767. As above, ed. 12, Vol. 1, Pars. 2, pp. 533-1327 (+

Nomina Generica).

Manning, G. A., and Ogle, B. A. 1950 Calif. Dept. Nat. Res. Div.

iMin., Bull. 148, pp. 1-36, pis. 1-13, figs. 1, 2, in text, July.

Middendorff, A. T. von, 1847-1849. Mem. sci. nat. Acad. Imper.

sci. St-Petersbourg, 6 (1), pp. M51, pis. 1-14, 1847; pt. 2,

pp. 1-187, pis. 15-21, 1819; pt. 3, pp. 1-94, 1849.

Miller, D. J. 1953. Jour, of Geol. 61 (1), pp. 17-40, 4 figs, in text,

7 tables, January.

Moller, H. P. C. 1842. Index Molluscorum Groenlandiae. Natur-

historische Tidschrift. Bd. 4, pp. 76-97.

Nordmann, A. von. 1862. Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes de Moscoli,

35 (2), pp. 408-425, pis. 10-12.

Oldroyd, I. S. 1924. Pub. Puget Sound Biol. Station, University

Wash. 4 pp. 1-272, pis. 1-49, March.

. 1924a. Stanford University Pub. University Ser. Geol. Sci.,

1 (1) pp. 1-248, pis. 1-57.

Parker, M. P. 1923. A northern Crusoe's island. Nat. Geogr.

Mag., 44 (3), pp. 313-326, 16 illustr., September.

Philippi, R. A. 1848. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer

Oder wenig gekannter Conchylien (Kassel), Bd. 3, Heft 3,

Litorina, pp. 61-69 (55-63), tab. 7, February.

Sars, G. O. 1878. Bidrag til Kundskaben om norges Arktiske

fauna. I. Mollusca Regionis Arcticae Norvegiae. (Christi-

ana), pp. I-XIII (-1-3), 1-466, pis. 1-52, 1 map.

Say, T. 1822. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 2, pp. 221-248, June-

Schenck, H. G. 1945. Jour. Paleo., 19, No. 5, pp. 504-521, pis.

66, 67, 3 figs, in text, September.

Soot-Ryen, T. 1955. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., Vol. 20, No. 1,

pp. 1-174, pis. 1-10, text figs. 1-78, November 10.

Taki, I., and Oyama, K. 1954. Palaeo. Soc. Japan, Spec. Papers

No. 2, pp. 1-68, pis. 1-49, March 1.

Thomas, J. H. 1957. Contrib. Dudley Herbarium (Nat. Hist.

Mus.," Stanford Univ.), 5, (2), pp. 39-56, figs. 1, 2 (in text),

November 1.

Tryon, G. W., Jr. 1887. Manual of Conchology (Philadelphia),

Vol. 9, pp." 1-488, pis. 1-71.

Wood, W. 1828. Supplement to the Index Testaceologicus; or a

catalogue of shells, British and foreign. (London), pp. I-IV,

1-59, pis. 1-8.

I

January, 1959 nautilus 85

LAND SNAILS OF E. N. HUYCK PRESERVE, NEW YORK

By WILLIAM B. MUCHMORE

Department of Biology, University of Rochester, New York

Ingram (1941 and 1946) has listed the land mollusks of the

Edmund Niles Huyck Preserve/ Rensselaerville, Albany County,

New York, and has commented upon the utilization of stones

for shelter by snails in that area. Seventeen species of snails and

three species of slugs were reported from the Preserve. Of about

5000 individual snails observed from June 15 to September 1,

1940, only three specimens (all Anguispira alternata) were

found beneath stones (a total of 1350 turned over); the other

snails occurring under logs, sticks, leaves, humus, etc. From his

studies, Ingram concluded that "snails prefer shelter beneath

humus and logs (where moist soil exists), to shelter beneath

stones where the three are found together on the forest floor"

(as at the Huyck Preserve) . On the other hand, in a flood

plain forest at Ithaca, New York, where logs and debris were

absent he found 265 snails beneath stones (956 turned).

During the summer of 1955 the present author turned over

many thousands of logs, sticks, rocks, stones, etc., on the Edmund

Niles Huyck Preserve in search of salamanders and various

arthropods. At first little attention was paid to the molluscan

fauna, but a number of snails and slugs were found beneath

rocks and stones, contrary to Ingram's contention. Representa-

tive individuals were collected in a rather off-hand way, since

the author is no expert on these animals, but still the list of

species sheltering under stones grew to respectable proportions.

In the middle of summer, I decided to make a quantitative esti-

mate of the number of snails which could be collected from

under stones. Accordingly, 100 stones (150 on two occasions)

were turned over at random in each of a number of different

ecological areas. In all, 1400 stones were turned with the follow-

ing results. (Only living animals were collected. Dead shells

which might have been washed under the stones by water or

which might have been carried under by shrews, etc., were

ignored):

August 11: 150 stones turned in and around crumbling foun-

dations of old felt mill on banks of creek, under young decidu-

For a description of the Preserve, see Odum (1943)

86 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

ous trees. Stones were nearly all flat, ranging in size from 3-4

inches to 1-2 feet in diameter; most rested on other stones rather

than on soil; dry under most, but some moisture retained in

debris under some. Snails found were:

Zonitoides arboreus,^ 4 examples. Anguispira alternata, 5.

Helicodiscus parallelus, 3. Punchim minutissimiim, 1. Gastro-

copta contractn, 1. Vertigo ventricosa, 52. Vertigo gonldi, 26.

Immature (undetermined), 12. Total, 104.

August 11: 100 stones, along path in south side of ravine of

Rensselaerville Falls — mostly open, but occasional shrub cover.

Stones mostly flat, ranging from 3-4 inches to li/g feet in diam-

eter, resting on sloping talus; very dry under most.

Stenotrema fraternum, 1. Euconulus fulvus, 5. Zonitoides arbo-

reiis, 5. Siiccinea ovalis, 1. Vertigo ventricosa, 2. Total, 14.

August 15: 100 stones in and beside old wall at edge of old

apple orchard. Stones mostly flat, 1-2 feet in diameter, and rest-

ing on other stones. It was damp under most of the stones at

this time but most of the snails found were inactive.

Zonitoides arboreus, 3. Discus catskillensis, 2. Vertigo ventri-

cosa, 46. Cionella lubrica, 35. Immature (undetermined), 3.

Total, 89.

August 15: 100 stones, around base of old grist mill near creek,

under second-growth deciduous canopy. Stones most flat, from

2-3 inches to 1-2 feet in diameter, and resting on other stones or

on debris and trash or firmly embedded in ground; fairly moist

under most.

Anguispira alternata, 8. Zonitoides arboreus, 1. Punctum min-

utissimum, 3. Succinea ovalis, 1. Gastrocopta pentodon, 1. Gas-

trocopta tappaniana, 1. Total, 15.

August 15: 100 stones from fallen wall along road, under small

deciduous trees and shrubs. Most stones lay on ground but some

remained piled on other stones; mostly flat, but some nearly

round; 6 inches to 1 foot in diameter.

Stenotrema fraternum, 1. Triodopsis tridentata, 2. Euconulus

fulvus, 2. Retinella rhoadsi, 5. Discus catskillensis, 2. Immature

(undetermined), 13. Total, 25.

August 16: 100 stones in nearly pure, mature hemlock forest

at edge of Lincoln Pond. Stones mostly flat; 4-5 inclies to 3 feet

in diameter; embedded in soil or lying on other stones or debris.

Slightly moist under most.

Triodopsis tridentata, 1. Ventridens intertextus, 1. Helico-

discus parallelus, 1. Cionella lubrica, 2. Immature (undeter-

mined), 7. Total, 12.

August 17: 150 stones on steep talus slope on north side of

2 I wish to thank Mr. Leslie Hubrichl for his aid in identification of the

snails mentioned in this paper.

January, 1959 nautilus 87

small stream — young sugar maple-hop hornbeam [orest. Stones

flat; 4-6 inches to 3 feet in diameter; mostly lying on other stones

or debris; moist under most. (Since a few snails were lost acci-

dentally from this collection, the numbers reported below are

minimal):

Triodopsis tridentata, 1. Haplotrema concaxmm, 1. Euconulus

fulvus, 1. Retinella rhoadsi, 13. Mesomphix inornatus, 3. Mesom-

phix cupreus, 6. Paravitrea multidentata, 2. Zonitoides arhoreus,

2. Immature (undetermined) , 8. Total, 37.

August 23: 100 stones in flood plain forest at head of Lake

Myosotis; ash, elm, maple and basswood predominant. Stones

scarce, most embedded in the soil; flat to round, 3 inches to II/2

feet in diameter. Soil moist, and worms present under many

stones.

Eucojiulus fulvus, 1. Helicodiscus parallelus, 2. Total, 3.

August 24: 100 stones in mature beech-hemlock forest N. E.

of Lincoln Pond. Most stones flat, 3 inches to 114 feet in diam-

eter; most embedded in soil but some lying on other stones. Only

two snails found, both under the same large rock near a brook.

Immature (undetermined), 2.

August 26: 100 stones in fallow field on south side of hill.

Stones 6 inches to 2 feet in diameter. Sun had warmed stones so

that most were dry beneath, but the larger and thicker ones were

moist on the undersides. Vertigo ventricosa, 3.

August 26: 100 stones in young maple-hop hornbeam forest on

north slope of hill (same as above) . Most stones flat — 4 inches

to 2 feet in diameter, dry beneath, though soil was moist under

them.

Mesomphix cupreus, 3. Ventridens intertextus, 1. Helico-

discus parallelus, 3. Vertigo ventricosa, 2. Total, 9.

September 2: 100 stones under large, mature sugar maples

along stream. Stones 3 inches to 1 foot in diameter, some on

soil, some on other stones. Soil quite damp and undersides of

most stones also moist.

Retinella rhoadsi, 4. Paravitrea multidentata, 1. Ventridens

intertextus, 1. Zonitoides arhoreus, 1. Immature (undetermined) ,

5. Total, 12.

September 2: 100 stones in old wall paralleling stream (same

as above) under young sugar maples. Stones from 6 inches to

3 feet in diameter; most lying on other stones; many with accu-

mulation of organic debris beneath.

Euconulus fulvus, 11. Zonitoides arhoreus, 7. Striatura exigua,

1. Gastrocopta pentodon, 1. Vertigo ventricosa, 2. Immature

(undetermined), 4. Total, 26.

Thus, a total of 351 living specimens of shell-bearing snails

were taken from under 1400 stones or rocks. Of these, 297 were

88 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

identifiable and proved to represent no less than 22 species!

Other species, specimens of which were found beneath rocks

on the Huyck Preserve, incidental to the collection of other

animals, are the following:

Triodopsis albolabris, 1 specimen. Hawaiia minuscula, 1 speci-

men. Vertigo milium, 2 specimens. CarycJiium exiguum, 1 speci-

men.

Furthermore, a number of small slugs were observed beneath

stones. A few of these were collected, but were immature and

remain unidentified. It is, therefore, not certain which of the

four slugs known to occur on the Preserve may seek shelter

under rocks.

The following five species have also been found on the Huyck

Preserve but have not yet been observed to occur beneath stones

in that area: Mesodon sayanus, Triodopsis dentifera, Triodopsis

notata, Ventridens ligerus, and Oxyloma retusa.

The above evidence clearly indicates that the great majority

(at least 27 out of 35) of the terrestrial snails found on the

Huyck Preserve may at one time or another crawl beneath rocks

and stones. Some, such as Triodopsis albolabris, Haplotrema

concavum and Succinea ovalis, may seek such shelter only rarely,

while others, such as Euconulus fulvus, Helicodiscus parallelus,

Vertigo ventricosa and Cionella lubrica may very commonly

occupy this habitat. Since no count or collections were made of

specimens under logs, bark, leaves, etc., no accurate comparison

can be made of the relative desirabilities of these various habi-

tats. Seemingly, however, snails utilize the most convenient

suitable shelter when conditions in the open send them into

hiding. Where only stones or only logs are available, then these

objects must be used exclusively. But where rocks and logs are

present together, then both may be utiHzed more or less equally,

depending on the conditions of space and moisture (and food?)

beneath each.

A further result of this study is the addition of a number of

species to the list of terrestrial gastropods found on tlie E. N.

Huyck Preserve. Ingram (1946) has listed 20 species, including

3 slugs. To this we can now add 15 species, including the slug

Umax maximns. The list below now includes the following

species (* indicates species added by this study) :

January, 1959 nautilus 89

Stenotrema fraternum (Say) *Limax maximus Linnaeus

*Mesodon sayanus (Pilsbry) Deroceras laeve (Miiller)

Triodopsis tridentata (Say) Angiiispira alternata (Say)

T. albolahris (Say) Discus catskillensis (Pils.)

T. dentifera (Binney) Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)

T. notata (Deshayes) *Piinctum minutissimum (Lea)

Haplotrema concavum (Say) Arion circumscriptus Johnston

Euconulus fulvus (Miiller) Philomycus flexuolaris (Raf.)

*Retinella rhoadsi (Pils.) Oxyloma relusa (Lea)

Mesomphix inornatus (Say) Succinea ovalis (Say)

M. cupreiis (Rafinesque) *Gastrocopta contracta (Say)

*Paravitrea multidentata *G. pentodon (Say)

(Binney) *G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams)

* Haw alia minuscula (Binney) * Vertigo milium (Gould)

*Ventridens ligerus (Say) *V. ventricosa (Morse)

V. intertextus (Binney) *V. gouldi (Binney)

Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) Cionella lubrica (Miiller)

*Striatura exigua (Stimpson) *Carychium exiguum (Say)

This list is probably fairly representative of the snail fauna

of the Helderberg Plateau in the southern and western part of

Albany County, New York. It is, however, not at all complete.

This contention is strongly indicated by the ease with which the

present writer, no expert in the field, has nearly doubled the

number of reported species. The small forms such as Retinella,

Paravitrea, Hawaiia, Striatura, Punctum, Gastrocopta, Vertigo,

and Carychium were missed entirely by Ingram, and others most

probably have been overlooked by me. Further, assiduous col-

lecting in the area undoubtedly will add other species to the list.

In particular, three snails, found at other places on the Helder-

berg Plateau, might be expected at the Preserve. These are:

Strobilops sp., Bear Swamp, Westerlo.

Gastrocopta armifera (Say) , J. B. Thacher State Park.

Carychium exile H. C. Lea, J. B. Thacher State Park.

In summary: the land snail fauna of the Edmund Niles Huyck

Preserve is considerably richer than was formerly believed, and

a large number of these snails do at one time or another seek

shelter beneath rocks and stones.

Literature Cited

Ingram, W. M. 1941, Nautilus 55: 13-15.

. 1946, Nautilus 59: 87-94.

Odum, E. P. 1943, Amer. Midi. Nat. 29: 72-88.

90 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

INLAND MOLLUSKS FROM HUDSON BAY, MANITOBA*

Bv WILLIAM J. WAYNE

Indiana Geological Survey, Bloomington, Indiana

Little has been published on the distribution of land mollusks

in the eastern part of the Canadian Arctic and Subarctic. Be-

cause of this geographical and ecological data are less well

known than might be desired. Ecological notes are of particular

value to students of the environmental conditions that sur-

rounded the Pleistocene ice sheets. Arctic and subarctic mollus-

can assemblages are frequently recovered as fossils from silt

beds between till sheets and from the loess deposits southward

from the glacial boundary (Leonard, 1952, 1953; LaRocque

and Forsyth, 1957; Wayne, 1958).

Dall (1905) summarized the published information that was

available to that date. Oughton (1940; 1948) and Brooks and

Brooks (1940) added records for Baffin Island, Labrador, north-

ern Ontario, and Newfoundland. No records of nonmarine

mollusks from either Churchill, Manitoba, or Southampton

Island, N. W. T., seem to have been published, although Mozley

(1937) noted the presence of Vertigo sp. near Fort Churchill.

On August 9, 1957, I was able to collect mollusks in the vicin-

ity of the airstrip near Churchill. During the following sixteen

days, I examined five areas in the south and west parts of

Southampton Island, where I made geological observations, for

the presence of land mollusks. Both the positive and negative

results of this collecting are presented here in order to place

the additional distributional and ecological data on record.

Churchill is on the southwest coast of Hudson Bay, at the

mouth of the Churchill River. The airfield, where these mollusks

were collected, is about five miles east of the town, approxi-

mately at latitude 58°45' north and longitude 94°05' west. The

northern limit of coniferous forests is a few miles south of

Churchill (Ritchie, 1956; 1957). Stunted spruce trees, along

with larch, dwarf birch, and willow, grow on drier ground all

* Dr. D. G. Frcy and John Stahl, Zoology Depaiimcnt, and Dr. George

Neumann, Holm Neumann, and W. R. Adams, Anthropology Department,

all of Indiana University, assisted in the collecting at Churchill. Mr. John

Ruehler, president of Indiana Gear Works. IncUanapolis. Indiana, made the

trip possible. Dr. Aurele LaRocque, Ohio State IJniversity, has reviewed

the manuscript.

January, 1959 nautilus 91

the way to the coast, but the low ground is almost entirely

muskeg covered with scattered tundra ponds. The mean annual

temperature at Churchill is about — 8°C (19°F) and mean

annual total precipitation is about 13 inches, of which 10 inches

falls as rain. Mean July temperature is 13°C (55°F) , mean sum-

mer (June through September) temperature is 9.3°C (49°F) ,

and mean January temperature is — 28°C ( — 19°F) .

Permanently frozen ground is reported to be continuous and

is found to a depth of about 140 feet (Jenness, 1949, p. 19-20).

Features of the topography, vegetation, climate, and geoglogy at

Churchill are summarized in a recent report on temperature

gradient in the active layer of the soil by Beckel (1957, p. 152-

154).

Land mollusks were moderately abundant on sedges in the

muskeg and around the edges of tundra ponds, and on the drier

slopes as high as 3.0 meters above the muskeg, where they were

found beneath rotting spruce logs, fiat rocks, and cardboard

and crating lumber debris. During several hours of collecting

along the west edge of the airstrip, 106 individuals representing

8 species of land mollusks and one species of aquatic snail were

found.

Coral Harbour, the only permanent settlement on South-

ampton Island, N. W. T., is located approximately 64°08' north,

longitude 83° 10' west. Mean annual temperature is — 12°C

(10°F) and mean annual total precipitation is about 10 inches,

of which five inches falls as rain. Mean July temperature is

7.5°C (45°F) and mean summer temperature is 4°C (39°F).

The Points is a high ridge in the interior of the southwestern

part of Southampton Island, and the locality examined is lati-

tude 63°36' north, longitude 85°03' west. Low areas everywhere

on the island are tundra ponds and muskeg; slopes and higher

ground at Coral Harbour are bare exposures of gneiss. At all

other localities I visited, they are limestone and glacial drift

rubble.

Land and fresh-water mollusks seem to be rare on Southamp-

ton Islands. Likely habitats were examined at five places

in the southern part of the island. Two of these, Coral Harbour

and The Points, yielded a few specimens of the slug, Deroceras

laeve (Miiller), but no mollusks were found at any of the other

92 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

three localities examined: Manico Point, a small point along

the coast about eight miles north of Ruin Point, and an area

about 3 miles west of the mouth of Kirchoffer River.

Columella alticola (Ingersoll) .

An arctic-alpine species, this cylindrical pupillid has been

recorded in eastern North America from Baffin Island (Oughton,

1940) and from the northern coast of Ontario (Oughton, 1948,

p. 48-9) . In the Rocky Mountains it is usually collected from

high altitude stations (Ingersoll, 1876). Only one specimen

was collected at Churchill.

Deroceras laeve (Miiller) .

Beside the airstrip at Churchill 10 specimens were collected

from the underside of rocks, pieces of wood, and cardboard,

from water level at the edge of a tundra pond to about three

meters above pond level on a slope. Most of the individuals

were found near water level.

Five specimens of this small, dark-colored slug were the only

land mollusks found on Southampton Island. Mucous trails

were abundant on the lower side of flat rocks along tundra

brooks at the Points, but only one specimen was located. Four

specimens were observed beneath pieces of crating lumber and

cardboard just above water level in muskeg within about 300

meters of the settlement at Coral Harbour. Inasmuch as most

of the specimens of Deroceras came from the vicinity of the

only permanent settlement in the island, one might speculate

that the slug could have been introduced in the island by man.

Euconulus fulvus (Miiller) .

Like the slug, Deroceras, this species was found beneath trunks

of fallen spruce trees, pieces of paper, and cardboard from water

level at the margins of tundra ponds to about three meters above

the water on a dry slope. Twelve specimens were collected.

Lymnaea cf. L. arctica Lea.

One fresh-water mollusk was so abundant along the edge of

open pools of water in the muskeg at Churchill that it could

not be overlooked, even though no systematic search was made

for aquatic species. This species was in nearly all ponds and

pools of fresh water examined, and was collected in three places:

from a small pool on the beach at the base of the rocky bluffs

at Fort Churchill, in some of the small rock basins in the quartz-

January, 1959 nautilus 93

ite bluffs, and beside the airstrip in the muskeg. The 35 speci-

mens collected were referred to Lymnaea arctica according to

the classification of Huebendinck (1951). Dall (1905, p. 75)

listed L. arctica as a synonym of L. vahlii Miiller.

Pupilla muscorum (Linne).

Three specimens of P. muscorum were found beneath card-

board debris or fallen spruce wood between one and three

meters above the muskeg. A circumboreal species, it is widely

distributed in northern United States and Canada. Oughton

(1940, p. 54) collected it in Ontario from localities along the

southwest coast of Hudson Bay, so its presence at Churchill was

expected.

Succinea avara Say.

Species of Succinea are difficult to identify positively from

shell characteristics alone, and no anatomical studies have been

made on this material. The fifteen specimens collected from

the sedges and mud at the margins of ponds in the muskeg at

Churchill that I have referred to 5. avara differ somewhat from

living Indiana specimens identified as 5. avara, but the shells of

the Churchill specimens are identical in all characteristics to

specimens recovered from Pleistocene Wisconsin Stage sediments

in Indiana. It also fits closely the descriptions of S. grosvenovii

gelida F. C. Baker and S. oblonga Draparnaud.

The most noticeable differences between the group collected

at Churchill and the species now living in Indiana are those of

size of shell and size and shape of aperture. Measurements of

5 mature specimens of the Churchill lot are given in table 1.

Table 1. Succinea avara and S. verrilli

Succinea avara

No. of Whorls 3^4 3J4. ^</^, 3/4. 3^4.

Ungth (mrv^^ 6.0 6.5 6.1 5.6 6.5

Width (mm) 3.5 3.5 35 2.9 3.7

Aperture Length 3.1 3.3 2.8 3,1 3.3

Ap«rture Width 2.0 2.3 2.0 zio 23

Ratio W/L 0.58 0.56 0.57 0.52 0.57

^aUo Ap«r. L/L 0.5Z 0.51 0.46 0.57 0.51

Succinea (Oxyloma) verrilli (Bland)

Nineteen specimens of Succinea verrilli were collected from

the same environment as S. avara at Churchill. About half were

alive when taken; the rest were empty shells in good condition.

94 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Dall (1905, p. 57) regarded S. verrilli to be a synonym of S.

avara. However, the specimens collected at Churchill fall easily

into two distinct species, one of which has been discussed under

5. avara, the other of which fits the description and measure-

ments of S. verrilli as presented in Pilsbry (1948, p. 777) . Brooks

and Brooks (1940, p. 72) reported the species from northwestern

Newfoundland. Oughton (1940, p. 77) gave measurements for

two "S. retusa-\i^e shells" from Fort Severn, Ontario, that may

be S. verrilli.

For comparative purposes, the measurements of 3 of the

mature specimens in the Churchill lot are in table 1.

Vertigo alpestris Alder var. oughtoni Pilsbry.

Ten specimens of V. alpestris oughtoni were collected from

the boggy flat and the adjacent slope up to about two meters

above the muskeg water level at the Churchill airstrip. Most

of the specimens were found beneath pieces of fallen spruce

wood and crating lumber. This seems to be the first record of

a living colony of this species from the North American main-

land, although Oughton (1948, p. 55) collected shells in river

drift at Fort Severn, Ontario, and it is well known as a fossil

in Pleistocene sediments south of the Great Lakes (Leonard,

1953; LaRocque and Forsyth, 1957; Wayne, 1958). The only

living colonies previously reported are from Newfoundland

(Brooks and Brooks, 1940, p. 61) and Frobisher Bay, Baffin

Island (Oughton, 1940, p. 128).

Because so few records of living colonies of this snail have

been published, measurements of 9 of the 10 specimens collected

at Churchill are listed for reference. Slight differences from

those collected by Oughton probably result from minor varia-

tions in environmental conditions. Two of the specimens have

a very small angular lamella; sculpture on all specimens con-

sists of very fine striae.

Table 2. Vertigo alpestris oughtoni

January, 1959 nautilus 95

Vertigo binneyana Sterki.

The single specimen of this species collected was found be-

neath a flat rock embedded in wet peaty soil among quartzite

outcrops above Hudson Bay at Fort Churchill. The only other

species collected near it was D. laeve.

Oughton (1948, p. 56) reported one lot from Fort Severn

in Ontario and stated the species might not extend farther east.

It is also recorded from Montana, British Columbia, and Winni-

peg, Manitoba (Dall, 1905, p. 31).

References Cited

Beckel, D. K. Brown. 1957. Arctic, 10: 151-183.

Brooks, S. T., and Brooks, B. \V. 1940. Ann. Carnegie Mus.,

28: 53-75.

Dall, W. H. 1905. Land and fresh water mollusks. Harriman

Alaska Series of the Smithsonian Institution. 13: 1-171.

Huebendinck, Bengt. 1951. Recent Lymnaeidae. Kungl. Svenska

Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar, Fjarde Ser., Band 3,

No. 1, 221 p.

Ingersoll, Ernest. 1876. Zoology, in Hayden, F. V., Report on the

natural history of the United States. Geological and Geo-

graphical Survey of the Territories, 1874, p. 383-410.

Jenness, J. L. 1949. Arctic, 2: no. 1.

LaRocque, Aurele, and Forsyth, Jane. 1957. Ohio Jour. Sci.,

57: 81-89.

Leonard, A. B. 1952. Univ. Kans., Paleo. Contr. Mollusca,

Art. 4, 38 p.

. 1953. Amer. Jour. Sci., 251: 369-376.

Mozley, Alan. 1937. Amer. Phil. Soc. Proc, 78: 147-189.

Oughton, John. 1940. Nautilus, 53: 127-131.

. 1948. A zoogeographical study of the land snails of On-

tario. Univ. of Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser. No. 57, 126 p.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Phila-

delphia Acad. Nat. Sci., Mono. 3, 2 vol.

Ritchie, J. C. 1956. Can. J. Bot., 34: 269-320.

. 1957. Ecology, 38: 429-435.

Wayne, W. J. 1958. Jour. Geol. 66: 8-15.

JOHN T. GULICK'S HAWAIIAN LAND SHELLS

By WILLIAM J. CLENCH

During the middle 1800's the Reverend John T. Gulick

amassed a very large collection of Hawaiian land shells, which

had been collected mainly on the island of Oahu. When Mr.

96 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Gulick had finished his studies and observations on this mate-

rial, he divided it up into 20 sets or "collections." The #1

collection contained all his holotypes and a series of specimens

from each locality where material had been collected. Each

succeeding collection contained fewer named forms and fewer

specimens.

These collections (1-20) were sold or donated to several insti-

tutions as indicated in the following table.

The author is greatly indebted to Dr. Addison Gulick, the

son of Reverend John T. Gulick, for these data.

Named No. of

No. forms Shells Present location

1 273* 9,000'^ BSNH 1897— MCZ 1914

2 230 4,510 Hawaiian Museum, C. 1873

3 227 3,614 BSNH 1889— MCZ 1914

4 219 2,990 ANSP and BPB— 1906

5 212 2,781 MCZ 1957, AM 1958

6 202 2,148 MCZ 1957, AM 1958

7 194 2,036 ANSP and BPB 1906

8 192 1,935 ANSP and BPB 1906

9 187 1,686 ANSP and BPB 1906

10 183 1,559 MCZ 1914

11 179 1,552 ANSP and BPB 1906

12 176 1,442 ANSP and BPB 1906

13 175 1,384 ANSP and BPB 1906

14 173 1,224 BPB 1923

15 171 1,189 BPB 1923

16 1 67 1 , 1 54 ANSP and BPB 1 906

17 1 66 1,143 ANSP and BPB 1 906

18 166 1,110 Wellesley Coll. C. 1872

19 164 1,075- Oahu Coll. C. 1872

20 163 1,0413 Univ. of Mo. 1914

BSNH — Boston Society of Natural History

MCZ — Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University

ANSP — Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penna.

BPB — B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii

AM — Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia

UM — University of Missouri

Collections #1 and #3. These two collections were obtained by

Alpheus Hyatt for the Boston Society of Natural History. They

1 Estimated indirectly from the size of this collection when sold,

- Estimated by averaging figures from Numbers 18 and 20.

3 A figure in lead pencil, not perfectly legible.

January, 1959 nautilus 97

were turned over to the Museum of Comparative Zoology in

1914 when the Boston Society of Natural History restricted its

interests to the New England area.

Collection #2. This collection was given to the Hawaiian

Museum about 1873. This was a private museum of the Hawaiian

royalty. The shell collection has disappeared or was destroyed;

at any rate there is no evidence of its existence today. Certain

of the ethnological material was given to the B. P. Bishop

Museum.

Collections #5 and #6. These two collections remained in the

Gulick family until this year (1957), when both were donated

to the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Since these collections

would add but little value to the Gulick material now in our

possession, we decided, with Dr. Addison Gulick's consent, that

they should be located elsewhere. They have, accordingly, been

sent to the Australian Museum in Sydney.

Collection #18. This collection was obtained by Wellesley

College about 1872. It was stored in College Hall which was

completely destroyed by fire in 1914.

Collection #19. This collection was obtained about 1872 by

Oahu College (now Punahoa School) and is now believed lost.

All the remaining collections are in the collections of the

institutions named above in the table.

Excess specimens beyond collection #20 were used by Gulick

for exchange with C. B. Adams, T. Bland, W. G. Binney,

Y, Hirase, and many others.

In summation, 17 of the collections which are still in existence

are now a part of the collections of 5 institutions — the Museum

of Comparative Zoology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-

delphia, The B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, The Australian

Museum, Sydney, Australia and the University of Missouri.

Most of the Gulick material was "low land" in locality. Much

of it was collected at altitudes under 1500 feet. The Reverend

John Gulick once told Dr. C. M. Cooke that he had seldom

collected any shells above 1500 feet, while Dr. Cooke told me

that he (Dr. Cooke) had rarely collected below this altitude.

At the time of my stay in the Island, in 1941-1942, we had to

climb up to 2200 feet in the Waianae Mountains to be able to

collect any Achatinella. Thus, a once remarkable endemic fauna

98 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

has almost completely disappeared. This holds not only for

Oahu but for all the other islands. Cutting down the original

forest to make way for the cattle industry, and then such highly

profitable crops as sugar cane and pineapple, left but little of

the lowland forests. Introduced important forage grasses soon

began to push up the mountain sides, forming dense mats of

grass under the trees which prevented the natural seeding of the

local flora. Thus the destruction continues, arrested only in areas

providing watersheds and in forest reserves where reforestation

has been instituted. In addition, introduced rats and ants have

doubtless been important factors in exterminating many of these

as well as other species in the Hawaiian land snail fauna.

We owe much to many early collectors like Newcomb, Pease

and Gulick, as well as to many later collectors such as Thwing,

Meinecke, Cooke, Meadows and Thaanum, who by their interest

and industry have left behind a heritage of priceless material

for generations of future students.

UNIONIDAE FROM UPPER ST. LAWRENCE RIVER

By ARTHUR H. CLARKE, JR.

During construction of the St. Lawrence Seaway and conse-

quent temporary drainage of portions of the St. Lawrence River

north and west of Massena, New York, a unique opportunity

was presented to make thorough collections of unionids from

an area in which extensive collecting is ordinarily very difficult.

The region is now inundated by a large, newly created lake

held in place by Long Sault Dam located just west of Cornwall,

Ontario. Such alteration from large river to lake conditions

can be expected to have a marked effect on the species compo-

sition. The following lists are given to establish distributional

records for the species concerned and to facilitate recognition

of the faunal changes which will probably occur. No previous

report on the unionids of the St. Lawrence River has been

published.

The most productive locality within the accessible portions

of the drained areas was at the southwest extremity of Sheek

Island at Long Sault Rapids, about eight miles west of Corn-

January, 1959 nautilus 99

wall, Ontario, on and slightly north of the International Boun-

dary. A very extensive mud and gravel area was exposed and

dead mussels in situ were exceedingly abundant. The locality

was visited by the writer on June 16 and July 10, 1957, and by

Mr, H. D. Athearn of Cleveland, Tennessee, on July 6, 1957.

The species which were found are listed below in the order of

their abundance.

Elliptio complanatus (Sol.), very abundant.

Lampsilis radiatus (Gmelin) , abundant.

Lampsilis ovata ventricosa (Barnes) , common.

Ligumia recta (Lamarck) , uncommon.

Alasmidonta marginata (Say), rather rare.

Elliptio dilatatus (Raf.) , rather rare.

Strophitus rugosus (Swain.) , rather rare.

Alasmidonta undulnta (Say) , rare.

Anodonta cataracta (Say), rare.

Lasmigona costata (Raf.), rare.

Anodontoides ferussacianus (Lea) , rare.*

Obovaria olivaria (Raf.) , one specimen.*

On July 10, 1957, the author also collected at Waddington,

New York, in a drained portion of Little River, an arm of the

St. Lawrence River now also inundated by the lake formed

above Long Sault Dam. A careful search was made of the very

large area of exposed dry mud, and although unionids were

everywhere, in three hours only three species were found. They

are:

Elliptio complanatus (Sol.) , abundant.

Lampsilis radiatus (Gmelin) , abundant.

Anodonta grandis (Say), rather common.

RADULA OF LIOMESUS STIMPSONI DALL

By jay a. WEBER

In describing Liomesus stimpsoni, Dall expressed doubt as

to its generic position, because the soft parts of his specimen

were lacking. Recently I received the soft parts from a specimen

taken in 75 fathoms off St. Augustine, Fla. On removing the

radula, I found it to be quite different from the radula described

by Thiele and Fischer. Thiele shows the radula of Liomesus

dalei and Fischer that of Liomesus eburneus. Both illustrations

* Collected and identified by Mr. H. D. Athearn.

100 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

show the central tooth as a rounded rectangular plate and the

laterals as single tusks. The radula of stimpsoni differs radi-

cally from that of Liomesus, confirming Ball's doubt as to its

generic position.

The radula of Liomesus stimpsoni has an arrow-shaped cen-

tral tooth and the laterals are bi-cusped as shown by the illus-

tration.

References

Ball, W. H. Blake Mollusca; p. 176.

Thiele, J. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde, p. 306.

Fischer, Paul. Manuel de Conchliogie, p. 625.

PAUL RANDOLPH BURCH

1898 - 1958

The death of Paul Randolph Burch on January 9, 1958,

brought to a conclusion the activities of a teacher, scientist, and

malacologist who had devoted his life to biology and who had

exerted a great deal of influence on those who knew him. Born

in Martinsville, Henry Co., Va., on April 27, 1898, he attended

public schools and in 1915 entered Randolph Macon College

from which he received a B. S. degree in chemistry in 1920.

His studies were interrupted during his employment: as a chem-

ist, by the U. S. Government in explosive plants 1918-19 and

by the Domestic Coke Corp., Fairmont, W. Va., 1920-21: and as

a teacher, at the Mineral, Virginia, High School, 1921-22; Fer-

rum Training School, 1922-24; Morris Harvey College, 1924-26;

and Radford College, 1928. The M. S. and Ph. D. degrees in

biology were conferred by the University of Virginia in 1927

and 1930, respectively. His research at that time resulted in the

demonstration of basal granules of the endodermal flagella of

hydra; and the effect of injury caused by excision of cytoplasm,

loss and gain of cytoplasm on the division rates of Arcella vid-

January, 1959 nautilus 101

garis and A. rotundata.

Dr. Burch continued to serve Radford College as Professor of

Biology and Head of the Department until ill health compelled

his retirement in 1954. The summers of 1936-45 were spent at

the Mountain Lake Biological Station, four of them as an in-

structor. He was a man of boundless energy, sincerity, and in-

tellectual integrity.

His keen interest in the Mollusca resulted in his being com-

missioned in 1935 by the Virginia Academy of Science to study

particularly the mollusks of Virginia. He spent as much time on

the assignment as his teaching duties would allow. During the

years which followed, he acquired an excellent collection, ap-

proximating 300 species of land and freshwater mollusks from

all over the state. He contributed to the collections of the U. S.

National Museum and the University of Michigan Museum.

Among his more notable publications in malacology is the study

of the chromosomes of polygyrid snails (with Ladley Husted),

which is considered to be the most comprehensive study of

chromosomes of any group of mollusks. His discovery of a new

species of snail which he designated as Polygyra virginiana re-

flects his affection for his native state. An avid systematist, his

ultimate goal was a monograph of the mollusks of Virginia, and

at the time of his demise, several manuscripts were well under-

way.

Dr. Burch seemed to be driven by a consuming desire and

great urgency to promote respect and concern for biology with

particular emphasis on and recognition of Virginia's needs.

He was a member of: American Association for the Advance-

ment of Science (Fellow, 1933), American Malacological Union,

American Genetics Association, Society of the Sigma Xi, Chi

Beta Phi (Life Member), Shenandoah Natural History Associa-

tion, Society of Systematic Zoology, and the Virginia Academy

of Science.

He is survived by his widow, Doris Katherine (Fisher) Burch,

and by four sons: David, John B., Richard T., Donald C; and

a daughter, Mary Sharon Burch.

The name of Paul Burch will bring varied recollections to

those who knew him— the boy scout who captured hellbenders,

the player who shared his tennis court, the biology teacher who

102 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

respected his opinion, the student in whom he had faith, the

colleague who admired him, the family of which he was so

proud, and the malacologists whose friendship he valued so

highly. Once when referring to the teaching of our "American

Tradition" and the freedom we enjoy, he wrote, "With it (Amer-

ican Tradition) we should be proud of what we have accom-

plished and at the same time humble that we have accomplished

so little . . ." — ^J. Frances Allen^ National Science Foundation.

Selected Bibliography

1937, Mollusks of the Radford area. (Abstr.) Proc. Va. Acad.

Sci. (With J. Francis Allen)

1938. Mollusks of Montgomery, Giles, and Pulaski Counties.

(Abstr.) Proc. Va. Acad. Sci. (With J. Frances Allen)

1942. Chromosomes of Virginia snails. (Abstr.) Proc. Va. Acad.

Sci. (With Ladley Husted)

1942. Garden slug as mustard gas detector. (Abstr.) Proc. Va.

Acad. Sci. (With Frances McCorkindale)

1944. Chromosomes of polygyrid snails. (Abstr.) Proc. Va. Acad.

Sci. (With Ladley Husted)

1946. The chromosomes of polygyrid snails. Amer. Nat. 80: 410-

429. (With Ladley Husted)

1947. Polygyra virginiana, 2l new species from Virginia. Naut.

61 {2) \ 40-41. '

1948. Mollusks of Radford and vicinity. Radford Review: 11-13.

1950. Mollusks. In: The James River Basin, past, present, and

future. The Virginia Academy of Science. 129-137.

1950. Molluscan "Fortresses" of Virginia. Va. Wildlife: 10-12.

1951. Mesodon andrewsae normalis (Pils.) in Virginia (Pulmo-

nata, Polygyridae). Va. Jour. Sci. 2(1): 60-61. (With Leslie

Hubricht)

1952. A preliminary report of the Mollusca of Hanover County,

Virginia. (Abstr.) Proc. Va. Acad. Sci. 3 (4) : 295. (With

John B. Burch)

1953. The chromosomes of the polygyrid snail Allogona pro-

funda. Va. Jour. Sci. 4 (3) : 62-64. (With Ladley Husted)

1955. The salamander Siren lacertina feeding on clams and

and snails. Copeia. (3) : 255-256. (With John Thornton

Wood)

NAUTILUS 72(3)

PLA 1 E 1 I

PAUL RANDOLPH BURCH

January, 1959 nautilus 103

NOTES AND NEWS

George D. Beatty, who died August 30, 1958, was born

at Bloomingville, Ohio (Sandusky, R.R. #2) in 1881. He was

a member of Spanish-American War Veterans, Perseverance

Lodge F. & A.M., Oxford and Pomona Granges, Sandusky Kiwanis

Club and Sand Hill Methodist Church. He also had been a

member of the American Malacological Union and a subscriber

to the NAUTILUS for several years. He was instrumental in

establishing the Erie Co. 4-H Club at Kelleys Island and this

spring a Natural History Museum was opened at the camp

named in his honor. Mr. Beatty was a fine man and will be

missed greatly not only in Ohio, but also in Bradenton Beach,

Florida, where he and Mrs. Beatty spent their winters. Accord-

ing to his wishes, Mrs. Beatty is giving his entire shell collection

and mounted sea animals to the museum. — Mrs. Harry M.

Smith.

Netherlands Malacological Society. — On July 1, 1959,

it will be 25 years since the Netherlands Malacological Society

was founded. In commemoration of that event, the Society in-

tends to organize a meeting on June 27 and 28, 1959, in Amster-

dam, and on June 29, 1959, in Leiden. The following is the

provisional program:

Saturday, June 27: Opening of an exposition illustrating vari-

ous aspects of malacology in the Zoological Museum of the

Municipal University at Amsterdam. — Banquet. — Lecture about

some malacological subject.

Sunday, June 28: Excursion to some locality rich in Mollusca

in a characteristic Dutch landscape.

Monday, June 29: In the morning, short papers to be pub-

lished afterwards in Basteria can be read. The afternoon will

be devoted to a discussion of the problems with which the cura-

tors of public collections of Mollusca are faced, and of the possi-

bilities of a closer cooperation of these keepers.

Foreign malacologists who want to attend this meeting are

welcome, and are requested to give provisional notice of their

intention to the secretary of the Society, Mr. J. J. Bernard,

Nieuwersluisstraat 67, 's-Gravenhage, Netherlands, before Janu-

ary 1, 1959. They will receive the definite program with a re-

104 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

quest for a definite promise of attendance before March 1,

1959. — C. O. VAN Regteren Altena^ Rijksmuseum van Natuur-

lijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands.

South American Trip. — In April, I returned from southern

Chile, where I alone comprised the University of California 6th

Botanical Expedition to the Andes. I explored the tops and

ridges of 5 of the coastal cordilleras in Malleco, Valdivia, Osorno

and Llanquihue provinces. The principal quest was for sub-

antarctic plants, including all the visible cryptogams. Although

I diligently searched for terrestrial mollusks, I found none in

the south except 2 species of Bulimulus in the Nauelbuta Mts.

of Malleco, and of course Chilina from every stream which had

them.

On the way home, I visited Prof. Wolfgang Weyrauch, chief

zoologist of Peru, and he took me on an excursion into the high-

lands, where he also took Dr. Pilsbry. Weyrauch is a very com-

petent naturalist and a delightful companion. He has been 12

times down into the stifling heat of the Maranyon Valley, the

very deep and difficult gorge of the true headwater stream of

the Amazon. He believes it is the richest of the little known areas

of the world for undiscovered biota of all kinds. From every

excursion he makes to that area, he brings back hundreds of

new species of zoological material. — Walter J. Everdam (from

letter).

North Dakota Record for Arion ater. — In August of 1952

I was called by a neighbor, Ray Nystrom, who had a "peculiar

looking creature" on his porch. It was a large slug which I

put in a jar of alcohol and placed on a storeroom shelf for

several years. This specimen was included in a shipment of

slugs sent to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry of the Philadelphia Academy of

Natural Sciences. Dr. Pilsbry identified the slug as Arion ater

(L.) with the comments, "It is an introduced species known

only from a few widely scattered localities in Newfoundland,

Michigan and Oregon, so there have evidently been several

introductions but little spreading. It is common and occasionally

destructive in all northern Europe." In response to my inquiry

as to whether this was the large slug encountered in the Douglas

January, 1959 nautilus 1G5

Fir forests of the Pacific Northwest, he replied, "Although A.

ater has been found in a garden in Oregon, the common large

slug of those parts is a native species of Ariolimax." — Richard

L. Post, Asso. Prof, of Entomology, N. D. Agricultural College.

Americana and Ixdica Clessin 1879. These two names for

clams of the family Corbiculidae have escaped notice by all

subsequent molluscan students, as well as by the compilers of

indices of generic names:

Americana Clessin [Conch. Cab., 9(3) : 228: 1879] was briefly

differentiated and stated to include the American species of

Cyrena. Originally included (in the same part #283 of this

monograph) were 21 specific names, wath others in synonymy.

Since members of the groups currently known as Polymesoda

Rafinesque 1820, Pseudocyrena Bourguignat, 1854, and Neo-

cyrena Crosse and Fischer, 1894 were included, three choices

have been open for the selection of a genotype. I wish hereby

to designate one of the originally included specific names, Cyrena

sordida Hanley 1844, as the genotype. Since sordida is a synonym

of P. caroliniana (Bosc) , Americana in this way is fixed as a

junior synonym of Polymesoda Rafinesque, 1820, and so cannot

displace the subsequent name, Neocyrena Crosse and Fischer,

1894.

Indica Clessin [Conch. Cab. P (3) : 229: 1879] was more

restricted in its original concept. Since Clessin gave this name

to "the group of Cyrena ceylanica," I wish hereby to designate

Cyrena ceylanica Clessin 1879 as the genotype. This designation

of Cyrena ceylanica Clessin (= C. ceylonica Mousson = C. zey-

lanica Lamarck = Venus coaxans Gmelin) fixes Indica Clessin as

a junior synonym of Geloina Gray 1842, with both in possession

of the same genotype.

Selection of type species for the unused names, Americana and

Indica Clessin, as above, will keep both under cover of synonymy,

and so avoid unnecessary disturbance of nomenclature of the

family Corbiculidae.— J. P. E. Morrison, U. S. Nat. Museum.

Method used by C. B. Adams in describing and measuring

SHELLS. — Each shell description by C. B. Adams was a composite

of all the specimens he had of the species. This, of course, is a

106 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

valid procedure as a "species" is made up of individuals, and

such a description should at least embrace the descriptive char-

acters of a unit population. This procedure fails when two or

more species are described as a single species, which happened

several times in Adams' descriptions. So far as we can determine,

Adams used composite measurements. This was not detected

until R. D. Turner^ republished his Western Panama marine

species. In this report, Adams gave the number of specimens

collected. In checking such type series where all specimens re-

mained, no one specimen had the measurements given by Adams.

He simply measured each specimen, totalled these measurements

and then divided by the number of specimens in his series. His

measurements held only when he based a species upon a single

specimen. — W. J. Clench.

Measurements by C. B. Adams. — Adams, like most of his

contemporaries, had no concept of a type specimen. Dr. Pilsbry

often told me that he felt that, in many cases, the shell from

which the species was described was distributed later, especially

if Adams got a better (or bigger) example. For this reason,

unless Adams mentioned definitely more than one specimen in

his original description, I still would consider his dimensions

as part of the description of the only type shell. Also, one should

remember that, although undoubtedly the Adams collection is

now getting the very best of care, the Museum of Comparative

Zoology received it almost a century after 1851. — H. B. B.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Another Brazilian species of "Taphius." By W. Lobato

Paraense & Newton Deslandes. Rev. Brazil. Biol. 18 (2):209-217,

5 figs. 1958. The shell and animal of T. phillippianus are de-

scribed and figured excellently. But, according to the "rules,"

is not Planorbina Haldeman (1843), which was proposed very

briefly without species, the correct name of the combined genus

"Taphius" H. 8c A. Adams (1855)? I never could comprehend

why Ball's (1905) addition of Planorbis olivaceiis "Spix," wliich

'Turner. R. D., 1956: The Eastern Pnriric Nlarinc Mollusks Described by C.

B. Adams. Occ. Papers on Mollusks, Harvard Univ. 2:21-135.

January, 1959 nautilus 107

he selected as type species, was disregarded after Planorhina had

come into general use, e. g., by Bryant Walker (1918) , Germain

(1921), Wenz (1923) and Thiele (1931). Much worse cases of

"fit," e.g., Mesomphix Rafinesque, have been accepted without

question. Such unnecessary changes {Planorhina to Aiistralorbis

to Biomphalaria to Taphius) in the name of a medically im-

portant group give taxonomy a bad reputation. — H. B. B.

Anatomical differences between 2 Palearctic species of

THE GENUS Planorbis. By Ja. I. Starobogatov. Zhyr. Akad. Nauk

CCCP. (USSR.) 37 (1) : 139-140, 2 figs. 1958.— P. carinatus and P.

planorbis differ in both shells and genitalia. Only shells with a

compressed, peripheral carina on the middle of the last whorl

belong in the former species. — H. B. B.

On THE systematic positions of 2 FRESHWATER MOL-

LUSKS FROM THE FAR EAST. By Ja. I. Starobogatov. Zhyr. Akad.

Nauk CCCP. (USSR.) 36 {!) : 999-1006. 21 figs. 1957.— Because

of pecularities of internal structure, especially of genitalia, "Glyp-

tophysa" rezvoji is transferred to Camptoceras. Helicorbis suj-

funensis, described as new, from near Voroshilov (Vladivostok

District) had been confused with Polypylis hemisphaerula. Dis-

sections of all 3 species are figured. Inclusion of Intha and Pin-

giella in the genus Helicorbis is proposed. — H. B. B.

Extinct or near extinct colonies of tree snails, Liguus

jasciatus, in eastern Broward and northern Dade Counties, Flor-

ida. By Frank N. Young. Occ. P. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no.

595, 20 pp., 2 maps. 1958. — Data are given on the distribution

of color forms of 2 "subspecies" L. f. septentrionalis & roseatus.

— H. B. B.

Pliocene and Pleistocene Sphaeriidae (Pelecypoda) from

the central United States. By H. B. Herrington & Dwight W.

Taylor. Occ. P. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 596, 28 pp., 1 pi.

1958. — This survey includes 2 new species, S. hibbardi and S.

lavernense, from the Lower Pliocene of Oklahoma. Careful

drawings would show the characters of the hinge teeth better

than even the best photographs. — H. B. B.

108 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(3)

Predation of pelecypods and gastropods by Fasciolaria hun-

teri (Perry) . By Harry W. Wells. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and

Caribbean <^ (2) : 152-166. 1 fig. 1958. — This species prefers oys-

ter drills to oysters and an individual may average 5.7 drills

per day.— H. B. B.

J

Feeding habits of Murex fuh'escens. By Harry W. Wells.

Ecology 39 (S) : 556-558. 1958. — This species prefers oysters and,

because of its size, is able to pull the valves apart by use of its

lip as a brace. — H. B. B.

Marine mollusks from Bougainville and Florida, Solomon

Islands. By Alan Solem. Fieldiana: Zoology 39(20): 213-226.

1958. — This list of 164 species cites published figures for each,

to guard against nomenclatural chaos. — H. B. B.

Marine Ecology. By Hilary B. Moore. 493 pp., many text-figs.

John Wiley & Sons. $9.50. 1958.— This careful book should be

of great interest and use to all students of marine life. Its ap-

proach is principally autecologic, with 3 chapters on environ-

mental factors, 5 on organisms and but 2 on habitats, although

those on organisms include habitats which are mainly deter-

mined by them, such as coral reefs. The bibliography seems

well chosen. However, the lack of a glossary and the absence

of some technical terms from the index, may hamper its use

as a reference. To some, the foreign spelling of mollusk, and

references to "Purpura" lapillus will be a trifle confusing. —

H B. B.

The marine molluscan fauna of Guadalupe Island, Mexico.

A new mollusk from San Felipe, Baja California. By E. P. Chace.

Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 72(19) :319-332, 1 fig. (20):333,

334, fig. 1. 1958. — In the former paper, 77 species are added to

make 193 known from the island. Ocenebra seftoni is new. In

the latter, Nassarius howardae is described as new. — H. B. B.

The general histology and topographic microanatomy of

Australorbis glabratns. By Chia-Tung Pan. Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard 779 (3):238-299. 18 pis. 1958.— This histologic

January, 1959

NAUTILUS

study was carried out as a necessary requisite for subsequent

histopathologic investigations on this planorbid. A thorough

description of tissues of the organ systems is illustrated by many,

quite clear photographs. Comparisons to the known tissues of

land snails are made. — H.B.B.

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Now being of-

fered for sale. To receive free lists, send name and address to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

FOR SALE: TWO SEA SHELL COLLECTIONS: Hartman col-

lection with 121 genera, and Hanna Richie collection with

200 genera. Each collection will be sold only as a whole.

Lists with some species data mailed on request. Collections may

be seen by appointment with:

Whitelaw Wilson, Westtown School, Westtown, Penna.

How TO COLLECT SHELLS: Published by the American Malacological Union.

$1.00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskey, Sect., P. O. Box 238, Marinette. Wis.

Sea Shells

of Tropical

West America

MARINE MOLLUSKS

FROM LOWER CAUFORNIA TO COLOMBIA

A, Myra Keen

This is the first attempt to list and provide illus-

trations of the sea shells of the entire area of the Pan-

amic marine province — the area between the Gulf of

California and Colombia. Concise descriptions of

1,650 species of sea shells, with about 1,500 illustra-

tions, cover most of the recorded forms larger than

about one-fifth of an inch in length. For the smaller

forms, sample illustrations are given. About 70 type

specimens are here figured for the first time.

The notes on geographic distribution of the species

indicate where the collector might expect to find them,

and an extensive bibliography is included to help the

scientist and serious amateur make use of the scattered

literature. The glossary explains technical terms com-

monly used by collectors, but an effort has been made

to use nontechnical language wherever possible.

Some of the most colorful forms are shown on the

ten pages of four-color plates. $12.50

Stanford University Press

Stanford, California

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 APRIL, 1959 No. 4

INFESTATION OF PECTEN IRRADIANS BY POLYDORAi

By harry J. TURNER, JR., and JAMES E. HANKS

A heavy infestation of the spionid polychaete, Polydora ciliata,

in bay scallops, Pecten hradians, in Fairhaven, Massachusetts, is

of interest because there appears to be only one previous report

of such an occurrence in the literature. In addition the infestation

was associated with unusually high mortalities of the scallops

and may have been a contributing factor.

The bay scallop, Pecten irradians, is of considerable importance

to the fall and winter economy of a number of coastal communi-

ties in southern Massachusetts. The principal sources of employ-

ment in these communities are involved with the summer tourist

trade. Consequently the inhabitants depend heavily on fishing

and shellfishing during the off seasons to augment their incomes.

The scallop crop, which may reach a value of $100,000 or more,

is so important that failure of a single generation of scallops can

bring about a considerable strain on community welfare budgets.

Consequently any factor that may adversely affect the bay scallop

population is justifiably viewed with alarm.

At the opening of the scallop season in October, 1958, the

shellfish officer of Fairhaven, Massachusetts, discovered that the

fishermen were getting an unusually large number of empty scal-

lop shells in their dredges. In addition adductor muscles (the

only portion marketed) in the living scallops appeared to be of

poor quality. A number of specimens were sent to the authors

for study.

Every specimen examined contained the calcified blisters char-

acteristic of Polydora along the inside edge of both shells, each

associated with a second blister containing fine mud overlain

with a thin layer of conchiolin. In addition, many specimens con-

tained one or more large mud blisters around and under the

adductor muscle. Worms removed from the blisters were identi-

fied as Polydora ciliata by Dr. Marian Pettibone, of the University

iContribudons number 1002 from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti-

tution.

109

110 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

of New Hampshire. It was not possible to determine how long

this particular generation of scallops had been thus infested

because scallop fishing is prohibited before the first of October

so that no shells of younger individuals were available. However,

the calcification of the blisters near the margins of the shells was

so heavy that the worms may have been present for some time.

There was no positive proof that the reported heavy mortality

had been caused by the worms but the insecure attachment of

the adductor muscle caused by the mud blisters in some of the

specimens might well cause the muscle to pull loose under violent

contraction.

The only previous record of Polydora infestations in Pecten

irradians appears to be that of Plaine (1952) who found a similar

occurrence in North Falmouth and Martha's Vineyard Island,

Massachusetts. He makes no mention of any unusual mortality

or detriment to the scallop. In the oyster, on the other hand, the

literature on Polydora is extensive. Nelson and Stauber (1940)

reported a plague of P. websteri in Delaware Bay in which the

majority of the worms infested the external surfaces of the oyster

shells. In this case, they secreted strands of mucus which en-

trapped oyster feces and detritus which so covered the oysters

that subsequent decomposition brought about an unusual mor-

tality in acres of oyster beds. In a more usual situation described

by Lunz (1941), P. websteri was reported to get in between the

mantle and the shell and to cause the oyster to expend so much

energy secreting extra nacre to cover it that the flesh of heavily

infested oysters deteriorated. Loosanoff and Engle (1943) re-

ported that vigorous oysters held under optimal conditions in

trays showed no apparent ill effects even when heavily infested.

In any case, mud blisters may detract from the commercial value

because of their unsightly appearance as Needier (1941) pointed

out, and Korringa (1952) has stated that European oysters rid-

dled with Polydora have brittle shells which break easily din-ing

shipment. Complete references to Polydora infestations in oysters

may be found in Korringa's review (1952) .

There have been no reports of injury of the adductor muscles

by the blisters of Polydora. However, the oyster lays down a

massive shell that is continually thickened from the inside. Hence

Polydora blisters can be so heavily encrusted with nacre as to

April, 1959 nautilus 111

maintain a secure muscle attachment. The scallop on the other

hand has a thin, delicate shell in which there is little variation

in thickness from the hinge to the ventral margin in mature

specimens. This seems to indicate that only the margins of the

mantle are capable of elaborating nacre in quantity with the

remaining area secreting mainly conchiolin when irritated. Thus

the scallop may protect itself from Polydora infestations near the

periphery by walling them off with calcifications but appears to

be unable to cope with worms closer to the hinge where they may

interfere with the attachment of the adductor muscle.

There seems to be no simple way of eliminating Polydora from

growing scallops. Korringa (1952) reported success in oysters by

placing infected specimens in fresh water for 16 hours or in 1/2%

solution of the ammonium salt of dinitro-orthocresol. The oyster

is capable of closing its valves completely and protecting itself

for many hours while fresh water or sterilizing solution seeps

into the blisters through the communicating pores and kills the

worms. The scallop on the other hand cannot close its valves com-

pletely and is very sensitive to fresh water and lethal chemicals.

References Cited

Korringa, P. 1952. Recent advances in oyster biology. Quarterly

Rev. Biol., 27, (4): 339-365.

Loosanoff, V. L. and J. B. Engle. 1943. Polydora in oysters sus-

pended in the water. Bio. Bull., 85 (1): 69-78.

Lunz, G. R., Jr., 1941. Polydora, a pest in South Carolina oysters.

Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 57: 273-283.

Needier, A. W. H. 1941. Oyster farming in eastern Canada. Bull.

Fish. Res. Bd. Can., 60: 1-83.

Nelson, T. C. and L. A. Stauber. 1940. Observations of some com-

mon polychaetes on New Jersey oyster beds with special ref-

erence to Polydora. Anat. Rec, 78: 102-103 (Abstr. 142) .

Plaine, H. L. 1952. A variation in the distribution of a spionid

polychaete in the Woods Hole region. EcoL, 33 (1) : 121-123.

A NEW OPERCULATE LAND SNAIL FROM HAITI

Bv OSCAR ALCALDE and MORRIS K. JACOBSON

The genus Crocidopoma Shuttleworth 1857, comprises a small

number of species of planorbiform operculate land snails that

are apparently confined to eastern Cuba and Hispaniola. Bartsch

(1942, p. 39) separated the Hispaniolan from the Cuban forms

112 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

on the basis ot differences in the opercuknii, confined the true

Crocidopoma to Hispaniola and erected the subgenus Cyclocu-

bana tor the Cuban ones. The nature ot the operculum of the

new species here described tends to support this division. Bartsch

(1942) recorded 6 species and 1 subspecies of this genus from

Hispaniola. of which 4 were described as new. Thus the present

discovery of a new species of this genus in a well travelled and

frequently collected area suggests that additional species of these

mulch-dwelling moUusks remain to be discovered.

Crocidopoma (Crocidopoma) zayasi, new species PI. 12, figs. 1,2

Diagnosis: A cyclophorid of the genus Crocidopoma distin-

guished by a widely solute and sharply descending last whorl.

Description: Shell planorbiform, yellowish horn colored,

whorls 4 1/2 to 5; aperture circular, very slightly oblique; peristome

thin, simple, slightly and regularly distorted by the terminations

of the strong spiral cords. Sculpture consists of raised, rounded

spiral cords, of which there are 18 to 19 on the last whorl; inter-

cordal spaces almost flat, distinctly wider than the raised cords.

The cord at the summit of the body whorl is the strongest, some-

what keel-like. Growth lines distinct, crowded, giving the im-

pression of pseudo-axial striae. Nuclear whorls smooth or

minutely, irregularly pitted; post-nuclear whorls marked by the

beginning of the spiral cords which gro^v stronger as they ap-

proach the aperture. Suture narrowly but deeply channeled;

umbilicus widely open, showing all the whorls. The last whorl

of the shell is widely solute and strongly inclined downward,

forming an angle of approximately 45 degrees, with the strongly

rounded base. Operculum characteristic of the subgenus as de-

fined by Bartsch (1942, p. 39) .

Measurements of holotype: Diameter 8.25 mm., height 5 mm.,

aperture 3.5 mm.

Type locality: Anse a L'Eau, Department du Sud, Haiti, under

banana roots in a farm. Collected by Oscar Alcalde Ledon and

Fernando de Zayas, July 1951. Holotype in Collection Alcalde,

no. 13022. Paratype (figs. 1 and 2) in American Museum of Nat-

ural History, no. 79826.

This interesting addition to the Crocidopoma of Hispaniola is

most closely related to C. ahbotti Bartsch from the Dominican

Republic. It is, however, easily distinguished by the strongly

solute and sharply descending last whorl. Although the shell out-

line is basically planorbiform, the strongly depressed body whorl

gives it a false helicoid appearance.

NAUTILUS 72 (4)

PLATE 12

tu

i

£^..^

2 Anm.

1 & 2, Crocidopoma zayasi Alcalde & Jacobson, paratype, approximately x 3.

3, Oocorys tosaensis, Habe & Azuma, type, natural size. 4, Spiraxis splendens

Thompson, type.

April, 1959 nautilus 115

It is named in honor of its co-discoverer, Ing. Fernando de

Zayas, entomologist in the employ of the Cuban government.

Literature Cited

Bartsch, Paul. 1942. The cyclophorid mollusks of the West Indies,

exclusive of Cuba, in The cyclophorid operculate land mol-

lusks of America, by Carlos de la Torre, Paul Bartsch, and

Joseph P. E. Morrison, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 181, pp.

43-141, pis. 9-18 and 41.

A NEW SPIRAXIS FROM GUATEMALA

By FRED G. THOMPSON

Among many minute land snails collected by Paul F. Basch in

eastern Guatemala are three specimens of an elegant and un-

described species of Spiraxis. Characters of the shell suggest that

it belongs in the subgenus Pseudosuhulina.

Spiraxis (Pseudosubulina) splendens, new species PI. 12, fig. 4

Shell turrite, silvery white, translucent, costate; whorls 10%,

shouldered, slowly increasing in size, with deep, crenulate suture;

embryonic whorls 2, first whorl very low and smooth, second

whorl much wider; first half turn of embryonic whorls smooth,

the following half turn gradually acquiring ribs which become

more distinct and continuous with ribbing on following whorls;

later whorls quite short, gradually increasing in size, wTth ribs

crested at the suture; ribs continuous across whorls, narrower, and

higher near upper suture, but otherwise of equal width through-

out their length; first neanic whorl with 46 ribs; fifth whorl with

27; penultimate whorl with 36; surface of whorls with weak

striations parallel to ribs; very fine spiral sculpture evident under

high magnification; aperture elliptic-trapezoidal; peristome sim-

ple, thin, slightly sigmoid; columella slightly sigmoid, truncate,

slightly thickened.

Altitude, 7.58 mm.; diameter, 1.96 mm.; altitude last whorl,

1.13 mm.; altitude of aperture, 1.46 mm.; diameter of aperture,

1.12 mm.

Holotype: Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. 195985; Coban-Sebol Road,

55 miles northeast of Coban, Guatemala; collected by Paul F.

Basch, May 6, 1956. Paratypes: UMMZ. 195986(2); same data

as the holotype.

S. splendens resembles 5. irregularis (Pilsbry) and even more,

S. irregularis negligens H. B. Baker. It may be distinguished from

these two forms by its more slender, less tapering shape. There

are also fewer ribs on the last whorl, and the ribs are higher and

stronger.

116 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

A NEW OOCORYS FROM JAPAN

By TADASHIGE HABE and MASAO AZUMA

About 20 species of the family Oocorythidae had been de-

scribed hitherto from the deep sea bottom of various parts of

the world, and Galeoocorys leucodoma (Dall) was the only

known species from Japan until today. Recently we fortunately

have found the second species from Okezoko in Tosa Bay at

about 200 meters in depth.

OocoRYS TOSAENSis, species nova. Plate 12, fig. 3

Shell solid and heavy, pale brownish white, ovate; whorls about

5; spire low and body whorl very large, occupying 5/6 of the

shell length; each whorl marked off by a distinctly canaliculate

suture; surface coarsely sculptured with spiral cords, of which

the body whorl has 23. Aperture elongate oval, but constricted

near posterior end; outer (palatal) lip very much thickened and

reflected backwards with a deep sulcus behind it; the inner side

of the outer lip with many sulci which run inwardly a short dis-

tance from the edge; the lowest sulcus developed as a large

nodule; inner (parietal) lip with a heavy callus, which is marked

at its edge with many ridges, which are best developed tow^ards

the posterior end; siphonal canal short, but well developed and

set obliquely; anal canal also short and well developed. Umbilicus

narrowly but distinctly perforate.

Length: 32.0 mm. and breadth 24.2 mm. (Type specimen;

Amakusa Marine Biol. Lab., type no. 293) .

Type locality: Okezoko in Tosa Bay, Shikoku, Japan; about

200 meters in depth.

This new, rare species is very well characterized by its umbili-

cate shell, which differentiates it from all known species of the

genus Oocorys.

References

Dall, W. H. 1907. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 5^.166.

. 1925. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 66 {\1) Al .

Kuroda, T. and T. Habe. 1957. Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab.

^(1):27.

Schepman, M. M. 1909, Siboga Exped. 49 b (2): 120.

Turner, R. D. 1948. Johnsonia 2(26) : 181.

April, 1959 nautilus 117

NOTES ON THE CROWN CONCH, MELONGENA CORONA

By DAVID K. CALDWELL

United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Brunswick, Georgia

Studies were begun in late November, 1954, to determine the

rate of growth of the crown conch, Melongena corona (Gmelin) ,

at Cedar Key, Levy County, Florida. Gunter and Menzel (1957)

noted that there is disagreement as to the use of subspecific

names for this species of mollusk but following Clench and

Turner (1956) the Cedar Key population would be identified

as M. c. corona (Gmelin) .

The growth study was first attempted by the method outlined

by Lenderking (1952) for a study on Littorina angulifera (Lam.)

in south Florida. This consists of notching the lip of the shell

with a triangular file, returning the mollusk to the oyster bar,

and on recovering it later and noting the growth on the lip be-

yond the notch, calculating back to determine its original size

(height) — thus by simple subtraction determining the increase

in height of the shell. Although a number of the Cedar Key

Melongena were recovered, and a number of the notches were

filling in, leaving an obvious scar, only 3 of the smaller individ-

uals showed any lip growth so that when circumstances forced

the discontinuance of the project in late October, 1955, this

phase of the growth study was abandoned.

Two large samples were collected, on May 29 and October 22,

1955, and measured in an effort to study growth by comparing

modes of length-frequency curves. This method was also discon-

tinued as the modes for the two samples were so similar that no

growth could be ascertained. The individuals sampled during the

study ranged from 42 to 110 mm. in greatest height of the shell.

There was a single mode at approximately 75 mm. in each sam-

ple. Hathaway (1957) found that only the larger individuals of

Melongena occurred on the oyster bars (where my entire study

was conducted) . Since I also found only large individuals, the

failure of both growth studies may have been due to my dealing

with only adult or sub-adult individuals at, or nearing, their

maximum size and exhibiting at most very slow growth. Al-

though no significant findings were made on rate of growth, the

conchs collected in November, December, and January had hard

lips, while many of the smaller conchs collected in the late spring

118 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

(April and May) had very soft lips, indicating, as would be

expected, that growth occurred during the warm months.

Despite the failure to establish growth rates, a number of nat-

ural history notes were obtained that seem worthy of presenta-

tion here. The most significant of these relate to the year-round

presence and th.e movements of these animals.

Although the markings were such that individuals could not

be recognized (unless they were recaptured and subsequently

released again) , each sample had the lips of the shells notched

in a different position so that an individual could be recognized

as having been marked and released wnth a given sample.

On November 27, 1954, 30 specimens were captured, marked

by notching the middle of the lip, and released at one spot

(about 2 feet in diameter) on a small intertidal oyster bar near

the shore at the end of the airstrip on Way Key, Cedar Keys.

On December 3, 1954, 49 more were similarly captured, marked,

and released at the same point. The dates were so close, and the

bar on which they were collected so small, that these two samples

were considered as one.

On January 8, 1955, 107 individuals were marked by notching

the upper part of the lip and were released in the same spot as

those of the first sample. Again, all had been captured on this

same bar.

On April 17, 1955, 307 mollusks were marked by notching the

lower part of the lip. In this instance, the individuals were col-

lected on the original bar and on a smaller bar between it and

the shore. All were released at the same spot as the other samples.

Collections were made on May 29 and October 22 in an effort

to recover individuals showing growth, but no further marking

was done.

Each of the collections subsequent to the original marking on

November 27 yielded marked individuals. The following is a

summary of these recaptures.

In this summary, the date or dates of release are given first,

followed by the date of recapture, the number of days at liberty,

and the minimimi distance traveled:

XI-27-54 to XII-3-54, 7 days, 20^ feet; XI-27-54 and XII-3-54

to 1-8-55, 29 or 36 days, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8-, 15, 2\\ and 66 feet: XI-27-54

and XII-3-54 to IV-17-55, 128 or 135 days, 22, 26, 29-, 43. 97, 105,

April, 1959 nautilus 119

132, and 139 feet; 1-8-55 to IV-17-55, 99 days, 2, 3, 4, 4, 8, 13, 16, 22,

33, 42, 42, 43, 65, 128, 143, and 157 feet; XI-27-54 and XII-3-54 to

V-29-55, 170 or 177 days, 6, 13, 16, 19, 21, 24, 26, 29, 31, 32, 33, 51,

88, 98, 98, and 142 feet; 1-8-55 to V-29-55, 141 days, 20, 26, 27, 29,

31, 36, 50, 70, 119, and 141 feet; IV-17-55 to V-29-55, 46 days, 1, 3,

4, 26, 34, 48, 50, 62, 64, 71, 75, 96, 138, 139, and 161 feet; XI-29-54

and XII-3-54 to X-22-55, 316 or 323 days, 1, 7, 45, 75, 98, 105, 131

and 249 feet; 1-8-55 to X-22-55, 289 days, 3, 96, 99, 102, 108, 112,

and 231 feet; IV-17-55 to X-22-55, 194 days, 3, 37, 85, and 237 feet.

While the paths could not be ascertained, they probably fol-

lowed as close to the oyster bars as possible, since few individuals

were found off the bars, and these were in close proximity to

the oysters. The bar on which the conchs were released was ap-

proximately an oval about 100 by 40 feet and located about 50

feet from shore. There were no other bars for several hundred

feet in one direction along-shore or offshore, but there were a

number of bars in the opposite direction along the shore. The

release bar was thus the last of a series of small along-shore bars,

just off the shore. The pattern of bars was not in a straight line,

parallel to the shore, but rather the bars were quite irregularly

placed, actually touching the shore in some places. The distances

between bars were 10 feet or less, so that the conchs would not

have to travel long distances over open sand (submerged or not —

depending on the tide stage) in getting from bar to bar. In this

regard, I rarely obtained a specimen of Melongena in some 25

trawling collecting trips to deep and shallow flats, in channels,

and on channel edges (all these stations away from oyster bars)

made in connection with a fish study at Cedar Key conducted

from February, 1953, through April, 1954 (for a detailed descrip-

tion of these habitats, see Caldwell, 1957) .

The distances traveled, as given in the above summary, are

straight lines, determined by pacing in a direct course between

the points of capture and release. They are minimal, as the

animals may have meandered considerably as well as traveled

curved routes. The longer distances necessarily are over routes

which include one or more oyster bars in addition to the original

release bar. Oyster bars more than 250 feet from the original

1 Same individual recaptured twice; movement in diametrically opposite

directions.

2 Same individual recaptured twice; movement in diametrically opposite

directions.

120 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

point of release were not visited, and probably some snails had

moved even futher than indicated in the summary. The most

distant bars were visited only late in the study, and hence longer

distances could have been traversed by the mollusks earlier in

the study, and they would not have been recorded.

Evidently from the data presented in the summary, movement

is random, and there is no apparent relationship between time

and distance traveled. Although no records of size were kept,

there appeared to be no correlation between the size of the indi-

viduals and the distance traveled, although the larger individuals

were found lower on the bar. Nor was there any tendency to

stay together in groups; that is, two individuals at liberty 10 days

and moving 10 feet were not necessarily together at the end of

the period, since, though some were near to one another, the 10

feet moved was just as often in opposite directions from the

release point. That some individuals were only a few feet away

from the release point after nearly a year may mean that they

had not moved, but more likely they had moved away and in

their random movements over the bar were, by chance, back on

that part of the bar when recaptured — perhaps having moved

back and forth over the point (and far beyond) a number of

times during the year.

As each marked individual was recaptured, it was marked a

second time by code-notching the bases of the prominent spines

of the shell. The fact that only two individuals so marked were

recaptured a second time, and none more than twice, indicates

that there must be considerable movement away from the bars

and out of the collection zone. Conversely, the large number of

unmarked snails collected at each sampling indicates either a

great influx of individuals to those bars under study, or excellent

camouflage. While camouflage is almost certainly a factor in ac-

counting for so many unmarked snails, so much effort was ex-

j)ended in trying to find all snails that immigration, as corrob-

orated by the marking results, seems the more tenable. Dead

shells were always examined for marks, but none of those

collected had been notched. Actually, relatively few such shells

were seen and the primary predators on the crown conchs at

Cedar Key may employ methods which either crush the shell so

badly that it would not have been examined or carry the snail

April, 1959 nautilus 121

away from the bar to be consumed.

No egg cases were seen, but copulating pairs, with the male

considerably smaller in each case, were observed on the oyster

bars in April and May.

Gunter and Menzel (1957:85) noted that on some reefs north

of Cedar Key in the Gulf of Mexico (in Apalachicola Bay)

Melongena were absent in winter, where they had been in the

fall. From my findings at Cedar Key, more probably the crown

conchs, although capable of movement, were buried, or partially

buried, in the mud on or adjacent to the reefs, and because of

excellent camouflage were not readily seen. At Cedar Key an

effort was made to collect for marking every living Melongena.

Some were taken at every collection: 30 on November 27, 50 on

December 3, 1115 on January 8, 331 on April 17, 269 on May 29,

and 238 on October 22. Since about the same collecting effort was

expended each time, or actually even less in summer because

the mollusks were easier to find, a trend is thus indicated toward

scarcity in winter and abundance in summer on the oyster bars,

but never complete absence. The increased number collected in

the winter month of January was probably due to an immedi-

ately previous, extended warm period of about 3 weeks, and lends

further evidence to the continuous presence of the conchs on the

bar and the conclusion that they bury in cold weather.

Gunter and Menzel (1957) and Menzel and Nichy (1958)

have discussed Melongena corona in relation to its predation on

oysters. While I found a few crown conchs feeding on oysters,

feeding was so occasional in relation to the number of conchs

found that this predator probably is not a major one, as noted

by these writers, except, as pointed out by Clench and Turner

(1956:161), where by sheer numbers it may be a menace.

Acknowledgements: For helpful comments and criticisms

regarding the completed manuscript, I wish to thank William

W. Anderson, Frederick H. Berry, and Jack W. Gehringer,

all of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service at Brunswick,

Georgia; and Philip A. Butler of that Service at Pensacola,

Florida. My thanks go also to William J. Clench, of the Museum

of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University. He was generous

in encouraging the early part of the study and in critically read-

ing the final manuscript. Dale W. Rice, then of the University

122 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

of Florida, kindly aided me in the field during the early phases

of the project.

Literature Cited

Caldwell, David K. 1957. The biology and systematics of the

pinfish, Lagodon rliomboides (Linnaeus) . Bull. Florida State

Mus., Biol. Sci., 2 (6) : 77-173.

Clench, William J., and Ruth D. Turner. 1956. The family Mel-

ongenidae in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia, 3 (35) : 161-188.

Gunter, Gordon, and R. Winston Menzel. 1957. The crown conch,

Melongena corona, as a predator upon the Virginia oyster.

Nautilus, 7^(3): 84-87.

Hathaway, R. R. 1957. The crown conch, Melongena corona

Gmelin, and the oyster, Crassostrea virginica Gmelin. Proc.

Natl. Shellfish Assoc, 48: in press, (not seen, citation fide

Menzel and Nichy, 1958).

Lenderking, Ruth E. 1952. Observations on Littorina angulifera

Lam. from Biscayne Key, Florida. Quart. Journ. Florida

Acad. Sci., 14 (4) : 247-250.

Menzel, R. Winston, and Fred E. Nichy. 1958. Studies of the dis-

tribution and feeding habits of some oyster predators in Alli-

gator Harbor, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Caribbean,

8(2): 125-145.

LAND SNAILS OF CARROLL COUNTY, MARYLAND

By WAYNE GRIMM

Carroll County is located in the piedmont region of north

central Maryland, and covers an area of 456 square miles. It is

bounded on the west by Frederick County, on the south by How-

ard County, on the east by Baltimore County, and on the north

by York County and Adams County, Pennsylvania. The average

elevation is about 750 feet, the highest point on Parr's Ridge

being 1,100 feet and the lowest in the Patapsco V^illey being

about 400 feet. In general appearance the countryside is quite

hilly, with large, rolling mounds extending from northeast to

southwest. The land is drained by tributaries of the Patapsco,

Monocacy, and Gunpowder Rivers.

Parr's Ridge forms the backbone of the county and divides

the drainage of the Monocacy from the drainages of the Patapsco

and the Gunpowder. Mills radiate from it and slop>e gently down

to the valleys of these rivers.

April, 1959 nautilus 123

Geologically the land is quite variable. Triassic red shales and

sandstones dominate the northwestern section of the county,

with incursions of granite, schist, and marble. The greater part

of the county is dominated by schist, with major incursions of

the above mentioned rocks.

Mean annual precipitation is about 44 inches, spring being

the wettest season. Often there is very little rain in late summer

and early autumn. The mean annual temperature is about 52

degrees, and the growing season lasts approximately 160 days.

With the exception of widely scattered patches of thin decidu-

ous forest, the entire county has been cultivated extensively.

However, excellent habitats for land snails are furnished by

numerous railroad cuts and quarries, in which discarded ties,

loose rocks, and thick underbrush provide shelter. During the

years 1955 to 1958, the majority of my collecting was done in

such places.

A total of 37 species of land snails were found, many of them

abundant at seemingly barren and unproductive stations. The

destruction of the forest has contributed many new habitats to

the general picture, providing environments not often found in

nature. In this manner, agriculture has been a serious factor in

limiting the distribution of such forest species as Haplotrema

concavum and the philomycid slugs. Numerous others, however,

have adapted themselves to the secondary conditions.

Locality Records

Stenotrema hirsiitum (Say) : Quarry on Route 31 between West-

minster and New Windsor. Marble quarry south of West-

minster on Route 27; Shervette's Corner on Route 26. Woods

near Patapsco on Route 90.

Mesodon thyroidus (Say) : Around foundation of old burned

house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg. Quarry

on Route 31 between Westminster and New Windsor. Railroad

tracks at New Windsor. Ruins of building on Route 30 at

Hampstead. Quarry south of Westminster on Route 27. Rail-

road tracks at Mt. Airy. Shervette's Corner on Route 26. Woods

near Patapsco on Route 90.

Triodopsis jiixtidens (Pils.) : Around foundation of old burned

house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg (albinistic

specimens) . Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route 86. Woods

near Patapsco on Route 90. Woods near Monocacy River off

Keysville Road.

124 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Triodopsis fallax (Say) : Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route

86. Off Route 97 between Taneytown and Monocacy River.

Triodopsis alholabris (Say): Woods along Route .81 north of

\Vestminstcr.

Cecilioides acicula (Miill.): Under debris near railroad tracks at

bridge, Westminster.

Haplotrema concnviim (Say) : Quarry on Route 31 between

Westminster and New Windsor. Marble quarry south of West-

minster on Route 27. Woods near Patapsco on Route 90.

Oxychilus draparnaldi (Beck) : Under debris near railroad tracks

at bridge, Westminster. Near railroad tracks at Union Bridge.

Retinella burringtoni (Pils.) : Woods beside Kay's Mill Road

near Route 91 near Finksburg. Quarry on Route 31 between

Westminster and New Windsor.

Retinella rhoadsi (Pils.) : In leaf litter along railroad tracks at

Mt. Airy. Marble quarry south of Westminster on Route 27.

Retinella indentata (Say): Quarry on Route 31 bet^veen West-

minster and New Windsor. Railroad track at New Windsor.

Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route 86. Around foundation

of old burned house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finks-

burg. Under pieces of wood and wet sandstone in field at

Taneytown. Woods near Patapsco on Route 90.

Hawaiia minuscida (Binney): In leaf litter along railroad tracks

at Mt. Airy. Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Around founda-

tion of old burned house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near

Finksburg. Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route 86. Under

debris near railroad tracks at bridge, Westminster. Under wet

sandstone, field at Taneytown.

Ventridens suppressus (Say) : In leaf litter along railroad tracks

at Mt. Airy. Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Railroad tracks

at Lineboro on Route 86. Woods off Kay's Mill Road off Route

91 near Finksburg. Marble quarry south of Westminster on

Route 27. Quarry on Route 31 between Westminster and New

Windsor. Ruins of building on Route 30 at Hampstead. W'oods

near Patapsco on Route 90.

Ventridens ligera (Say) : Under wet sandstone, field at Taney-

town. Quarry on Route 31 between Westminster and New

Windsor. Around foundation of old burned house, Kay's Mill

Road off Route 91 near Finksburg. Off Route 97 between

Taneytown and Monocacy River. Near railroad tracks at Union

Bridge.

Zonitoides arboreiis (Say) : In leaf litter along railroad tracks at

Mt. Airy. Railroad tracks at Westminster. Ruins of building

on Route 30 at Hampstead. Railroad tracks at New \Vindsor.

Quarry on Route 31 between Westminster and New AVindsor.

Around foundation of old burned house, Kay's Mill Road off

Route 91 near Finksburg. Woods near Monocacy River off

April, 1959 nautilus 125

Keysville Road. Shervette's Corner on Route 26. Woods near

Patapsco on Route 90.

Deroceras reticulatum (Miill.) : Railroad tracks at Lineboro on

Route 86. New Windsor railroad tracks. Near railroad tracks

at Union Bridge.

Deroceras laeve (Miill.): New Windsor railroad tracks. Near rail-

road tracks at Cedarhurst.

Limax maximus L.: Near railroad tracks at Taney town.

Discus cronkhitei (Newc.) : Under debris near railroad tracks at

bridge, Westminster. Ruins of building on Route 30 at Hamp

stead. Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route 86. Railroad tracks

at New Windsor. Quarry on Route 31 between Westminster

and New Windsor. Under dead wood near marble quarries

south of Westminster on Route 27. Leaf litter near railroad

tracks at Mt. Airy. Under wet sandstone and pieces of wood

in field at Taneytown. Railroad tracks at Millers, on the road

to Alesia.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) : Quarry on Route 31 between

Westminster and New Windsor. Railroad tracks at Lineboro

on Route 86. Off Route 97 between Taneytown and Monocacy

River. Leaf litter along railroad tracks at Mt. Airy. Ruins of

old building on Route 30 at Hampstead. Under debris near

railroad tracks at bridge, Westminster. Woods near Monocacy

River off Keysville Road.

Helicodiscus singleyanus (Pils.): Around foundation of old

burned house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg.

Ruins of building on Route 30 at Hampstead. Quarry on Route

31 between Westminster and New Windsor.

Punctum minutissimum (Lea): Woods beside Kay's Mill Road

off Route 91 near Finksburg (in leaf mould) . Woods near

Patapsco on Route 90.

Pallifera dorsalis (Binney) : Shervette's Corner on Route 26.

Woods at Patapsco on Route 90.

Philomycus flextiolaris Raf.: Woods near Monocacy River off

Keysville Road. Woods at Patapsco on Route 90.

Succinea avara Say: Leaf litter in low area near railroad tracks

at Mt. Airy. Around foundation of old burned house, Kay's

Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg.

Gastrocopta armifera (Say) : Under debris near railroad tracks at

bridge, Westminster. Leaf litter along railroad track at Mt.

Airy. Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route 86. Railroad tracks

at New Windsor. Ruins of building on Route 30 at Hamp-

stead. Quarry on Route 31 between Westminster and New

Windsor. Marble quarry south of Westminster on Route 27.

Around foundation of old burned house, Kay's Mill Road off

Route 91 near Finksburg.

Gastrocopta contracta (Say) : Ruins of building on Route 30 at

126 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Hampstead. Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Railroad tracks

at Lineboro on Route 86. Field at Taneytown. Leaf Utter along

railroad tracks at iMt. Airy. Quarry on Route 31 between West-

minster and New Windsor.

Piipoides albilabris (C.B.Ad.) : Railroad tracks at Lineboro on

Route 86. Around foundation of old burned house, Kay's Mill

Road off Route 91 near Finksburg. Railroad tracks at New

Windsor. Railroad tracks at Cedarhurst. Near railroad tracks

at Union Bridge.

Pupilla nuiscorum (L.) : Under debris near railroad tracks at

bridge, \Vestminster. Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Near

railroad tracks at Union Bridge.

Vertigo tridentata Wolf: Quarry on Route 31 between W^est-

minster and New Windsor. Ruins of building on Route 30 at

Hampstead.

Vertigo pygmaea (Drap.): Field at Taneytown. Near railroad

tracks at bridge, Westminster.

Vertigo ventricosa (Morse): Around foundation of old burned

house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg. Field at

Taneytown.

Columella edeiitula (Drap.): Under stone, marble quany south

of Westminster on Route 27.

Vallonia pulchella (Miill.) : Field at Taneytown. Railroad tracks

at New Windsor. Railroad tracks at Mt. Airy. Around founda-

tion of old burned house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near

Finksburg. Marble quarry south of Westminster on Route 27.

Railroad tracks at bridge, Westminster.

Vallonia excentrica Sterki: Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route

86.

Vallonia costata (Miill.) : Around foundation of old burned

house, Kay's Mill Road off Route 91 near Finksburg. Marble

quarry south of Westminster on Route 27. Railroad tracks at

Lineboro on Route 86. Quarry on Route 31 between West-

minster and New Windsor. Railroad tracks at bridge, West-

minster. Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Near railroad tracks

at Union Bridge.

Cionella hibrica (Miill.) : Railroad tracks at New Windsor. Field

at Taneytown. Railroad tracks at bridge, Westminster. Leaf

litter along railroad tracks at Mt. Airy. Ruins of building on

Route 30 at Hampstead. Railroad tracks at Lineboro on Route

86. Near railroad tracks at Union Bridge.

The occurrence of Pupilla ninscornm in Carroll County is

rather unusual, for its general range is far to the northward. It

is cjuite abundant in open situations in Frederick County. Im-

portation seems likely, lo my knowledge, neither Cecilioides

April, 1959 nautilus 127

acicula nor Columella edentula have been found previously in

Maryland.

References

Pilsbry, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America, North

of Mexico. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. Monographs 3.

U. S. geological survey map # NJ. 18-1 : Baltimore, Maryland.

RANGE EXTENSIONS OF SOME WEST N. A. MARINES

Bv R. STOHLER

Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley, California

During an extended search for additional specimens of a pre-

sumably new species of Astraea brought in by a SCUBA, diver of

the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California,

several minor range extensions of well known California mollusks

were noted. In addition at least two major range extensions were

observed. The former will not be listed here but the latter will

be discussed below. Concurrently with the search alluded to

above, there were made several intertidal collecting trips, one of

which yielded a rather surprising range extension, while still

another startling range extension was discovered with an experi-

mental SCUBA, diver.

AcMAEA FUNicuLATA (Carpenter) .

This elegant species has been obtained by dredging in small

numbers from a variety of localities, mostly in the region near

the Santa Barbara Channel Islands. The range is given in Keen's

"Abridged Check List of West North American Marine Mollusca"

from 34° to 37° North Latitude. On July 19, 1957, a group of

Scuba divers (consisting of Dr. E. W. Fager, R. Ghelardi, J.

Stewart and W. Clarke, all from Scripps Institution) obtained

this species in approximately 150 feet of the seaward side of the

northern island of Los Coronados, some miles south of San Diego;

this locality is at approximately 32° 27' N. Altogether 42 speci-

mens were brought up, and the divers reported that the rocks

and large boulders were covered with these animals. On July 26,

1957, during four successive dives to a submarine rock plateau,

the same divers, joined by two others (H. Scotten and C. D. Jen-

nings, also from Scripps Institution) brought up a total of 173

specimens. This rock plateau is situated about 8 miles south of

128 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

the South Coronado Island at about 32° \T 30'' N. and all speci-

mens were collected at a depth of from 90 to 120 feet.

ACMAEA MITRA EschscholtZ.

This is a fairly common limpet in the lower intertidal region

of northern and central California. Keen (loc. cit.) gives the

range of this species as from 34° to 56° North Latitude. In the

search alluded to above this species was found in many places;

the divers participating were the same as those already listed.

While 138 specimens were collected, they are distributed over 18

separate lots (with a minimum of one and a maximum of 29

specimens) from localities between Point Loma in San Diego

County (32° 42' 30" N.) to off Santa Tomas, Lower California,

Mexico (31° 35' N.). Depths at which these animals were col-

lected range fiom about 40 feet to 150 feet. In all cases the bot-

tom was described by the divers as rocky or as consisting of rock

ledges and boulders. As may be worth noting, A. funiculata was

more abundant in this general area than A. mitra, which might

be interpreted as an indication that the former species should be

found even further south while the latter appears to be very

close, if not at, its southern range limit.

AcMAEA FENESTRATA CRIBRARIA Carpenter.

This subspecies is generally considered to be limited in its dis-

tribution to an area starting just north of the town of Cayucos,

San Luis Obispo County; as has been stated, any Acmaea jene-

strata from south of the town is the other subspecies, i. e. A. f.

fenestrata (Reeve) . Thus the southern boundary of the range of

A. f. cribraria was considered to be about 35° 25' North Latitude.

On July 27 and 28, 1957, the writer in company with Mr. and

Mrs. C. D. Jennings and Mr. and Mrs. A. H. Wolfson, collected

in the intertidal region of two places in Lower California. As

best as can be ascertained the two localities are at 32° 05' (where

3 specimens were obtained) and 32° 07' N. (where 2 specimens

were collected) ; as seems worth mentioning, however, the water

in both these areas was "unusually" cold (no thermometer being

available, temperatures were noted only subjectively) which

might indicate that the Acmaea /. cribraria was in an area of a

cold upwelling.

April, 1959 nautilus 129

Neosimnia quaylei (Lowe).

This species was described from San Felipe, Baja California,

Mexico, in the Gulf of California, where it was found at extreme

low tide. As far as this writer is aware, N. quaylei has not been

reported except from the type locality. On January 3, 1958, three

of the most experienced SCUBA, divers from Scripps Institution

made an experimental dive to a depth of 250 feet due west off

Scripps' Pier in La Jolla. Mr. Conrad Limbaugh, Marine Diving

Specialist, brought up from that depth 1 Acteocina culcitella

interinedia Willett, 2 Megasurcula c. carpenteriana (Gabb), 1

(dead) Mytihis edulis diegensis Coe, 1 (dead) Nemocardhnn

centifilosum (Carpenter) and 2 Neosimnia quaylei (Lowe) . This

appears to be the first report of Neosimnia quaylei being taken

alive in California waters and not in the Gulf. While the range

extension northward is but approximately two degrees of lati-

tude (San Felipe: ca. 31° 03' N.; Scripps' Pier: ca. 32° 52' N.) ,

it is nevertheless the largest range extension noted in this paper.

The two localities are separated from each other by a land mass

of approximately 130 miles (by air) but following the coast of

Lower California down the Gulf and around Cape San Lucas,

the distance is a trifle more than a total of 1,200 miles.

Sanguinolaria nuttallii Conrad.

Smith and Gordon (1948) in their paper on the mollusks of

Monterey Bay list this species on page 176 as from Elkhorn

Slough; they further indicate that it occurs in mud and is rare.

Fitch (1953) states that this species attains a length of 4 inches.

On April 23, 1955, Dr. C. Hand collected one living specimen of

this species at low tide in Bodega Harbor, Sonoma County (ap-

proximately 38° 18' 50" N.) ; it measures 72 mm. or 2% inches.

This is apparently the only specimen on record from that north-

ern locality. However, on October 6, 1958, a group of divers

including D. and E. Isaac of the Zoology Department of the Uni-

versity of California in Berkeley, were exploring the bottom of

Tomales Bay about i/g mile inside its mouth (ca. 38° 14' 15" N.) ;

their aim was to discover sand dollar beds. A motorboat, from

which the dives were made, in an attempt to cross the Bay got

stuck on a sand bar and the efforts to free the boat led to the

discovery of a large bed of 5. nuttallii. The churning of the

130 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

motor uncovered a group estimated at between 60 and 100 indi-

viduals of this species in an area which at low tide was still under

a little more than two feet of water. The largest individual

picked up measures 126 mm. (or 5 in.) while none of those

brought in measures less than 112 mm. (or 4i/2 in.) . The unusual

size of these clams may be due to the fact that they occurred in

an area not accessible to the ordinary clam digger; the Isaacs,

though not equipped with SCUBA., nevertheless made use of face

plate and snorkel when diving for the animals.

With one exception, the foregoing list of range extensions is

based entirely on results of exploring deeper waters with the aid

of SCUBA, or (in one instance) simple skin diving. It may be

anticipated that, with further application of SCUBA, diving,

many interesting range extensions will be discovered, especially

of species that normally cling tightly to the substrate when stim-

ulated and favor large rocks for their home. Such species have

not been obtained by ordinary dredging methods for obvious

reasons.

All specimens discussed or mentioned in this article are de-

posited in the study collections of the Department of Zoology of

the University of California in Berkeley.

The following table summarizes the range extensions noted

here.

Note: the "old" ranges are taken from Keen (loc. cit.) except for

the record of Neosimnia quaylei; in stating the "new" ranges the

same procedure as that applied by Keen was employed, i. e. round-

ing off to the next nearest degree latitude.

Bibliography

Fitch, John E. 1953. Common marine bivalves of California. Fish

Bull. No. 90, State of Calif. Dept. Fish &: Game.

Keen, A. Myra. 1937. An abridged check list and bibliography of

west North American marine Mollusca. Stanford Univ. Press.

Smith, Allyn G. and Mackenzie Gordon, Jr. 1948. The marine

mollusks and brachiopods of Monterey Bay, California, and

vicinity. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., v. 26, No. 8.

April, 1959 nautilus 131

SELF-FERTILIZATION AND PRODUCTION

OF YOUNG IN A SPHAERIID CLAM*

Bv GRACE J. THOMAS

Department of Zoology, University of Georgia, Athens

Many freshwater mollusks are hermaphroditic, although most

of them tend to cross-fertilize. However, certain species of Physa

and Lymnnea are known to produce viable, diploid eggs without

copulation, and isolated individuals have successfully produced

young in the laboratory. DeWitt (1954) reported securing eggs

that hatched from an isolated F2 generation of Physa gyrina:

Colton (1918) reared 47 generations of Lymnaea columella under

similar conditions, and Crabb (1927) clearly indicated that

Lyrnfiaea stagnalis appressa reproduces by self-fertilization. Stud-

ies of freshwater mussels revealed that certain specimens of

Anodojita imbecillis (Sterki 1898, Ortmann 1919), Anodonta

grandis (van der Schalie and Locke, 1941), and Carunculma

parva (Tepe, 1943) contain ripe eggs and sperm at the same

time. Bloomer (1942) concluded that Anodoiita cygnea was cap-

able of self-fertilization but that without extensive growth experi-

ments with young animals it w'ould be hard to prove whether or

not this is the usual practice in nature.

Members of the family Sphaeriidae are both hermaphroditic

and viviparous. They have separate ovaries and testes with a

common duct opening into the cloacal chamber. There is general

agreement among a number of workers on the morphology of

the reproductive system, but disagreement both as to where fer-

tilization takes place, and the source of the sperm. Stepanoff

(1865) stated that the mature eggs fall into the common gonadal

duct and become surrounded by sperm, and he assumed that

fertilization takes place there. Gilmore (1917) simply pointed

out that ripe sperm and eggs are found at the same time in a

single animal. Woods (1931) agreed with the latter statement,

but asserted that this observation is not in itself positive evidence

* This work is a portion of a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the

requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosopny at the University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The author wishes to acknowledge the help

of members of her committee, particularly that of the chairman. Dr. Frank

E. Eggleton. Thanks are also due to Dr. Robert M. DeWitt for helpful sug-

gestions and comments, and to Rev. H. B. Herrington for identification of the

specimens.

132 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

of self-fertilization. His attempts to answer this question were

unsuccessful because of culturing difficulties. Okada (1935b)

declared that in MuscuUum heterodon, eggs in the upper part

of the common gonadal duct show no signs of sperm penetration

nor are they surrounded by sperm, while near the urogenital

orifice (the opening of the common duct into the cloacal cham-

ber) they are fertilized. He pointed out that possibly sperm

from other animals may enter the common gonadal duct with

the inhalent current and surround the eggs as they come down

the duct. Therefore, he was uncertain whether self-fertilization

actually occurred.

In an effort to cast some light on this problem, Odhner (1951)

isolated some specimens of Pisidiinn conventus in small aquaria

and isolated their young in turn. From the latter, he secured fry

which constituted the true laboratory-born generation. He tlius

concluded that this species is autogamic. The present study was

undertaken to secure more evidence bearing on this problem.

Self-fertilization in laboratory cultures: Sphaerium (Mus-

cuUum) partumeium (Say) is a clam which is very abundant in

the bottom mud of small ponds, where it grows to a maximum

length of about 9.0 millimeters. The specimens for this study

were collected from a temporary pond known as Kenk #11

(Kenk, 1949), located 8 miles southeast of Ann Arbor, Michi-

gan. The clams were brought into the laboratory in samples of

bottom mud, carefully separated from the mud and plant mate-

rial, and placed in culture dishes until they produced young.

Their young were considered to be the parent stock of the lab-

oratory-born generations. As soon as an animal was born, it was

placed in a separate culture dish and maintained there for the

rest of its life. (Thomas, 1954). When these specimens gave

birth to young, the latter in turn were again promptly isolated.

The shells were measured in length, the distance from extreme

anterior to posterior margins, and height, the distance from the

umbones to the ventral edge. Because of the small size and the

fragile nature of the shells, measurements were made with an

ocular micrometer.

Within 15 months of the beginning of the cidture work, 6

laboratory-born generations had been secured from one fast-grow-

ing stock, while 3 and 4 generations were produced in others.

April, 1959

NAUTILUS

133

The animals producing the most generations in that time were

the ones in which the initial growth was rapid, that is, showed

little lag at the beginning. Growth of these animals will be dis-

cussed in a later paper.

TABLE 1

Data on Six Laboratory -born Generations

TABLE 2

Data on Other Third, Fourth, and Fifth Generation

Lab oratory -reared Specimens

Table 1 lists pertinent data for individuals representing the 6

generations of one laboratory-born clone. Each clam is the off-

spring of the one listed on the line above it, and a descendant

of IL25 which was born and isolated on November 21, 1953. As

can be seen, IL270 was larger at birth than IL25, and the mean

dimensions of their young are very nearly the same. Although the

134 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

former produced a larger number of offspring than any of its

descendants, the number (21) is well above the mean (10), and

table 2 lists a third generation specimen which was just as pro-

lific. Although there would seem at first glance to be a down-

ward trend in final size, the unrelated specimens in table 2

include third and fourth generation clams which attained a

length of 7 mm. or more. Successive generations raised in isola-

tion thus exhibited no reduction in either the average sizes at

birth or in final size, no change in total number of young pro-

duced, nor was there any change in activity or increase in early

mortality.

Sectioned specimens showed that, although ovary and testis

are present at birth, neither organ contains mature reproductive

cells. Ripe eggs and sperm do not appear until the animals are

at least 2.1 mm. in length. Hence, fertilization cannot take place

before birth. Since the young were well below the minimum size

for sexual maturity when they were isolated, self-fertilization

must have taken place. Thus Sphaerium partumeium is capable

of reproducing by this means. Probably, since these animals are

so successful in producing young in this way in the laboratory,

their eggs may be self-fertilized, at least part of the time, in their

natural habitat. If this ability is general among the fingernail

clams, their wide dispersal in the field may not be hard to ex-

plain. As Odhner has pointed out: ". . . only a single specimen

c.'UTied by a bird, a beetle or a fish to another locality is sufficient

to create a whole population."

Yoting Produced in Laborntory Cultures: It has already been

mentioned that the sphaeriids are viviparous. Fertilized eggs, in

some manner, reach the branchial chambers of the inner gills,

and there become enclosed in brood pouches. The outer layer

of these pouches is derived from the gill lamellae and the inner

layer from maternal blood corpuscles (Okada, 1934, 1935a). The

large cells of the inner layer are believed to be used up in the

nourishment of the embryos. The wall of the branchial chamber

itself is lined with the same sort of cells, and is used as food by

the extra-marsupial embryos which are large enough to have

escaped from the sacs but which are retained within the cham-

ber. Although the study of early embryology is beyond the scope

of this paper, general observations on serial sections of Sphaerium

April, 1959 nautilus 135

partUTneium support Okada's findings in his work on Musculiiim

heterodon.

The extra-marsupial young can be seen through the thin shells

of adult animals. When the embryos are large enough to be born,

they are often very active. They extend the foot and travel

around within the branchial chamber, finally reaching the cloacal

chamber. From there they leave the parent through the excurrent

siphon and, dropping to the bottom of the dish, continue their

movements. In every case of birth observed among laboratory

animals, the parent lay on one side with shell valves and mantle

open, but other behavior patterns varied with the individual.

Some animals had foot and siphons retracted and seemed to con-

tribute no effort at all to the expulsion of the young. Their

young literally "walked out" through the siphon all by them-

selves. Other parents extended foot and siphons, and forced the

offspring out by contractions of these parts. Their young were

forcibly ejected with a fast-moving stream from the excurrent

siphon. Occasionally, in spite of the efforts of both participants,

the fry could not be dislodged, and the parent continued the

violent muscular exertion at intervals for hours.

The clams born of the laboratory stock ranged in size from

1.85 by 1.49 to 0.93 by 0.72 mm. Although a number of specimens

in the lower part of this range were isolated and fed, the smallest

to be successfully raised was one which measured 1.25 by 0.985

mm. The others either died within a few days or remained alive

without growing for a period of several weeks. This length dif-

ference of 0.6 mm. between the largest and smallest viable young

is considerable in relation to the actual size. The 1.25 mm. indi-

vidual is only two-thirds as long as the other. This observation

leads to the supposition, which is supported by other data, that

the fully formed and viable young may be retained by the parent

for variable periods of time.

There was little correlation between the size or age of the

adults at the time of any particular birth and the size of the

young they produced. The offspring of certain clams were re-

markably homogeneous with respect to size at birth, but in other

cases the variation might be as great as 0.8 mm. in length. The

first offspring produced by 40 of the 60 adults included in the

study, were below the mean in length, and statistical tests showed

136 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

that the first young are significantly smaller than the other off-

spring. The mean birth size of 547 laboratory specimens was 1.44

by 1.22 mm. Most of the animals attaining the greatest final size

and also bearing the largest numbers of young were above the

mean at birth. One notable exception, however, was the 1.25 mm.

individual previously mentioned which produced a total of 24

offspring; it measured 6.92 by 6.0 mm. at the time of death.

The laboratory animals usually began producing offspring

between their 8th and 13th week. However, several rapidly grow-

ing clams started at the end of seven weeks. The mean size of 60

adults, when bearing their first young, was 4.54 by 3.92 mm. Far

below that mean was one specimen measuring 3.70 by 3.31 mm.

which produced an offspring one-third its own length (1.25 by

0.96 mm.) , and at the other extreme was a clam which reached

a length of 6.46 mm. before bearing any young. The mean num-

ber of offspring was 10: the range, from 2 to 30. Production of

young was continued until the death of the parent.

Young Produced in Field Collections: In order to secure repro-

ductive data on Sphaerium partumeium in the natural habitat, a

special series of weekly collections was begun early in March

1954. The pond had been dry since the previous June and the

young clams produced in 1953 had rested over winter in the

bottom mud. When early March rains filled the pond, the

sphaeriids began to grow, and so the weekly collections were

begun. They were continued until the pond was dry again at the

end of July. An effort was made to take the same amount of

material each time although careful quantitative measurement

was unnecessary. In the process of hand-sorting collections in the

laboratory, all animals were measured and the change in com-

position of the population was analyzed by breaking down each

collection into size classes. Unfortunately, because of the nature

of the collecting method employed, it was impossible to tell

whether the young were born in the field or in sorting pans.

However, they were of such size that they could easily live out-

side the parent, and so that point seems to be an unimportant one.

Table 3 shows the percentages of various size classes foimd in

the collections, and the relative homogeneity of the popuhition

until the second week of June, when young first appeared in the

collections. Tlie fact that these young, whether born in the field

April, 1959

NAUTILUS

137

or collecting pans, had not grown could be seen easily by the

appearance of the shells.

TABLE 3

Percentage Composition of Weekly Field Collectiona

(Data from two successive collections lumped)

The mean birth length for field young was 1.6 mm. as com-

pared with 1.44 mm. for laboratory material. Both of these

lengths are well above the minimum size for successful growth.

By the 13th week when young first appeared in field collections,

the mean size of the adults was 6.2 by 5.1 mm. This is 1.7 mm.

longer than the mean size of laboratory animals at the time of

first birth. The field specimens produced larger young and were

larger themselves because they all retained the young longer

than did 73^0 of the laboratory adults. One explanation for this

difference is to regard an environmental factor such as a change

in water chemistry, change in water temperature, change in photo-

period, or mechanical disturbance as a birth stimulus. The

other approach is to regard some environmental feature as an

inhibiting factor, and birth as taking place only with its dis-

appearance.

No attempt was made in this study to gather chemical data in

138 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

the field. The length of day by June 11 was 15 hours as compared

with the 13-hour light period maintained in the laboratory

during the ninter months, at which time young were produced.

It seems unlikely then that photoperiod has any bearing on the

problem. In the course of the collecting period, large numbers

of specimens brought in and sorted have given birth to young in

the lal)oratory. An analysis of the sizes of offspring they produce

reveals that they are no smaller than those born in the field.

There is a very strong possibility, therefore, that they would

have been boin even if the parents had been left undisturbed in

their natural habitat. Although specimens raised in the labora-

tory, and thus exposed to frequent brushing and handling, pro-

duced young earlier, the times of these births cannot be cor-

related with periods of handling. If disturbance retarded birth,

the field young should be produced earlier. On the other hand,

if it acted as a stimulus either it must be very wide-spread in the

pond, or it might cause production of young by a few, and they

in turn may stimulate other adults to do the same. Temperature

change is another possibility. The week in which young animals

began to appear in the field collections was marked by a sudden

rise in water temperature. A high of 24° C. was reached on the

day of the collection. This was 7 degrees higher than any pre-

viously recorded temperature and IGi^ degrees higher than that

of the previous week. Possibly a sudden extreme change may act

as a stimulus or low temperatures may inhibit birth, and only

when a certain threshold is reached will the young emerge. In

this connection, the laboratory stock was kept at about 21° C. at

all times except during July and August when temperatures were

somewhat higher. Possibly 21° C. is close to the threshold for the

species, and only at the 13th week was the field population ex-

posed to it.

Summary

1. vSelf-fertilization in Sphaerium (Musciiliurn) partiuneium

(Say) was demonstrated by the production of as many as 6 gen-

erations in isolation cultures.

2. Young may leave the parent through the excurrent siphon

either by their effort or that of the parent.

3. There was a diflerence of 0.6 mm. in lengths of the largest

and smallest, viable young.

April, 1959 nautilus 139

4. The mean size of young produced was 1.14 by 1.12 mm.

5. The first young produced was significantly smaller than

other offspring, and was produced between the 8th and 18th week

of parental giowth.

6. In a field population, young were not found until the 13th

week, and the mean birth length was 1.6 mm.

7. It is suggested that some environmental factor is responsible

for the delay in production of young by the field population.

Literature Cited

Bloomer, H. H. 1942. A further note on experiments on self-

fertilization in Anodonta cygnea (L.) Proc. Malac. Soc. Lon-

don 25:192-200.

Colton, H. S. 1918. Self-fertilization in the air-breathing pond

snails. Biol. Bull. 55:48-49.

Crabb, E. D. 1927. The fertilization process in the snail Lymnaea

stagnalis appressa Say. Biol. Bull. 55:69-98.

DeWitt, Robert M. 1954. Reproductive capacity in a pulmonate

snail {Physa gyrina Say) Amer. Nat. 88:159-164.

Gilmore, R. J. 1917. Notes on reproduction and growth in certain

viviparous mussels of the family Sphaeriidae. Naut. 57:16-30.

Kenk, Roman. 1949. The animal life of temporary and permanent

ponds in southern Michigan. Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. U.

Mich. 71.

Odhner, Nils. 1951. Swedish high mountain Mollusca. Lunds

Univ. Arsskrift. N.F. Avd. 2. Bd. 46.

Okada, Katsuhiro. 1934. Some notes on Musculiiim heterodon

(Pilsbry) , a freshwater bivalve. I. The genital system and

the gametogenesis. Sci. Rep. Tohoku U. 4th Series, Biol.

9:315-328.

Okada, Katsuhiro. 1935a. Some notes on Musculiiim heterodon

(Pilsbry) , a freshwater bivalve. II. The gill, the breeding

habits, and the marsupial sac. Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. U. 4th

Series Biol. 9:373-391.

Okada, Katsuhiro. 1935b. Some notes on Musculium heterodon

(Pilsbry), a freshwater bivalve. III. Fertilization and seg-

mentation. Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. U. 4th Series Biol.

70:367-483.

Ortmann, Arnold E. 1919. Naiads of Pennsylvania. Mem. Car.

Mus. 4.

Stepanoff, P. 1865. Uber die Geschlechtsorgans und die Entwick-

lung von Cyclas cornea. Archiv. f. Natur. 57 (Bd. 1).

Sterki, Victor. 1898. Some observations on the genital organs of

Unionidae with reference to classification. Naut. 72:18-32.

Tepe, William C. 1943. Hermaphroditism in Carunculina parva,

a freshwater mussel. Amer. Mid. Nat. 29:621-623.

140 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

Thomas, Grace J. 1954. Notes on raising sphaeriid clams in the

laboratory. Turtox News. 32.

van der Schalie, Henry and Fred Locke. 1941. Hermaphroditism

in Anodonta grandis, a freshwater mussel. Occ. Pap. Mus.

Zool. Univ. Mich. 432.

Woods, F. H. 1931. History of the germ cells in Sphaerium

striatinum (Lam). Jour. Morph. 57:545-595.

NOTES ON ODOSTOMIA IMPRESSA (SAY)

By harry W. wells

Department of Zoology, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina

Hopkins (1956) pointed out the ectoparasitic habits of Odos-

tomia impressa (Say) and its relation to the oyster Crassostrea

virginica. The abundance of this gastropod in a series of collec-

tions from oyster beds in the Beaufort, N. C, area provided an

opportunity to follow the population for an 18 month period in

1955 and 1956. Observations were also made upon feeding and

the egg masses of this species.

Feeding was observed under a dissecting microscope at the

Duke Marine Laboratory in July 1956. O. impressa extended its

proboscis between the shells of adult oysters, but its contact with

mantle was hidden by the upper valve. In this position however,

the activity of the buccal pump could be observed through the

transparent walls of the proboscis. Small vibrations caused O. irn-

pressa to stop feeding and instantly withdraw its proboscis; even

the vibration of a man's voice produced this characteristic with-

drawal. This reaction is in contrast with the behavior of O. im-

pressa described by Allen (1958), in which the prey {Bittium

variiim) could be moved about without causing the pyramidellid

to withdraw its proboscis. O. impressa did not enter between

oysters' valves voluntarily as will Odostomia eulimoides (Cole &:

Hancock, 1955), even when the top valve was removed. This

behavior and its sensitivity to vibration serve to protect it from

injury while feeding. When the top valves were removed from

oysters and O. impressa were placed upon intact tissue, direct

contact of the proboscis with the mantle was observed. In addi-

tion, they fed on isolated pieces of mantle tissue placed in a dish

of seawater.

On the basis of its occurrence in collections from the Beaufort

area, the gastropod Bittium varinm probably is not an important

April, 1959 nautilus 141

prey for Odostomia impressa. Bittium varium is most common

on algae and in grass beds; its presence with oysters can be attrib-

uted to algal growths near or on the valves. On the other hand,

O. impressa is primarily found on oyster beds. In a series of col-

lections from oyster areas in Newport River, only twice was B.

varium found without also finding O. iinpressa. In eighteen col-

lections O. impressa was abundant, but B. varium was absent.

In 16 collections in which both gastropods were collected, O. im-

pressa outnumbered B. varium in 11, the proportion averaging

more than 10:1. Of the remaining 5 collections in which B.

varium outnumbered O. impressa, 3 were taken after low salini-

ties had reduced the local population of O. impressa. The abun-

dance of Odostomia iinpressa in oyster beds, apparently independ-

ent of the numbers of Bittium varium, is an indication of the

greater importance of oysters as food for this species.

Odostomia impressa Qgg masses were collected on the follow-

ing date:

1955— May 7 14

August 2 8

September 13 2

1956— May 30 3

June 22 2

September 6 4

Oviposition may occur throughout the summer, although there is

a peak in the early part of the breeding season. These Q^g masses

(fig. 1) are usually attached to an oyster shell. They are com-

posed of a colorless mucus-like jelly which encloses each embryo

within its own transparent cocoon, with 15 to 40 embryos con-

tained in each mass. The sinistral embryonic shell marks them

as the product of a pyramidellid, and the egg mass fits the general

pyramidellid kind described by Thorson (1946). The general

abundance of O. impressa and the absence of other gastropods

at two collection sites indicate that these are the egg masses of

Odostomia impressa Say. The egg capsules pictured by Perry and

Schwengel (1955) as those of O. impressa must be the product of

some other gastropod.

In order to follow the dynamics of the population, 16 collec-

tions containing a total of 1,747 specimens were analyzed for

length composition; their length distributions are compared in

figure 2. Each major collection is composed of several smaller

142

NAUTILUS

Vol. 72 (4)

1mm

Figure 1: Egg mass of Odostomia impressa attached to an oyster shell. Inset

shows a late embryo in its individual jelly cocoon.

collections made at 5 stations along Newport River.

Following the largest collection of Qg^ masses in early May,

the largest collections of young (about 1 mm.) were made in

June and July, when they formed by far the most ninnerous

class in the population. This component of the population could

be folloAved in the collections throughout the year as the most

numerous class, until the following summer when predation or

natural death reduced its numbers and the next year-class ap-

peared.

Starting in June and July when the population mean was 1.5

mm., the population quickly increased in length during the sum-

mer and fall, reaching a maximum in January of 4.75 mm. mean

length. W^ith continued growth, the most numerous class reached

5 or 6 mm. in spring collections. However, mortality of larger

individuals offset any growth effects during this period, so that

the mean hovered between 4 and 5 mm. until the appearance

of the 1956 year-class. Its great numbers and small size caused

the mean to fall rapidly to 1.4 mm. in late July. By this time, the

large (5 and 6 mm.) individuals had dropped out of the popu-

lation. Presumably, they were responsible for spawning most of

the succeeding year-class. In most winter collections were small

individuals (1 to 2 mm.) which had been produced by late ovo-

position; numerically they were of little importance.

These observations indicate that Odostomia impressa normally

April, 1959

NAUTILUS

143

LENGTH ( MILLIMETERS )

Figure 2: Length distribution for collections of Odostomia impressa from

the Beaufort, N. C, area. May 1955 to October 1956. The letters refer to

months. For each collection, the vertical line indicates the range; the solid

rectangle, one standard deviation on each side of the mean; the hollow rec-

tangle, twice the standard error on each side of the mean; and the crossbar,

the mean.

144 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

lives but one year, being spawned the first summer, then spaAvn-

ing and dying the second.

References

Allen, J. F. 1958. Feeding habits of two species of Odostomia.

Nautilus 72(1) : 11-15.

Cole, H. A. and D. A. Hancock. 1955. Odostomia as a pest ol

oysters and mussels. J. Mar. Biol. Assn. i-/: 25-31.

Hopkins, S. H. 1956. Odostomia impressa parasitizing soutliern

oysters. Science 124 (3223) : 628-629.

Perry, Louise M. and Jeanne S. Schwengel. 1955. Marine shells ol

the western coast of Florida. Paleont. Res. Inst., Ithaca, N. Y.

318 pp.

Thorson, G. 1946. Reproduction and larval development oi

Danish marine bottom invertebrates. Meddel. Konnn. Dan-

marks Fiskeri- og Havundersogelser, ser Plankton -/ (1) : 1-523.

NOTES AND NEWS

American Malacological Union — The 25th annual meeting

will be held on June 30 to July 3, 1959, on the Haverford College

campus, Haverford, Pennsylvania. A visit to the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is planned for Thursday after-

noon, and a field trip to Cape May, New Jersey, for Friday.

Bunny Baker, 1 1 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa., will accept res-

ervations for dormitories and meals. — B. B. B.

Habitat Change for Ferrissia. — F. C. Baker, in his study of

"The Molluscan Fauna of the Big Vermilion River, Illinois"

(///. Biol. Moiiog. Vol. 7, no. 2, 1922.), reported that specimens

of the limpet Ferrissia Avere collected in the "Salt Fork, its usual

habitat being inside of empty valves of the naiades" (p. 63). In a

restudy of Baker's stations dining the past iwo years, the Avriter

has found that few valves of naiades are now found in the Salt

Fork. Ferrissia, however, is even more abinrdant today than in

1918-20 and has taken over a new habitat. 14ie great majority of

specimens (identified by Paid F. Basch as F. tarda) were collected

from the sinfaces of beer cans which still retained smooth, shiny

ones. These fresh, clean surfaces are somewhat comparai)le to the

nacre of recently exposed nuissel shells and serve the same pur-

pose. As the surface of a beer can becomes encrusted with organic

growth and attached material, and exentually as the rust breaks

April, 1959 nautilus 145

through the surface, the can is no longer populated with as

many limpets and probably those that are found under those

conditions are survivals from the original population. New speci-

mens settle in abiuidance on fresh cans. Fortunately for Ferrissia,

though regrettable to some people, beer cans are becoming as

common in some streams as empty mussel shells were in former

years. — Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio.

An ecologic observation on Siiccinea avara. — In early April

of this year (1958) a very large concentration of Siiccinea avara

Say was brought to my attention by Dr. W. H. Irwin of Okla-

homa State University. A small pond, located approximately one

and one-half miles east of Stillwater, Payne County, just north

of Highway 51, is surrounded by a gently-dipping, well- vegetated

watershed. On investigating the area, the soil was found to be

thoroughly saturated by the unusually heavy rains which were

occurring at the time. The cast slope of the pond's watershed

supported luxuriant growths of Nostoc sp. from the water's edge

to about 30 feet into the Bermuda grass which forms most of the

cover around the pond. Several of the above named snail were

associated with each of the firm, spherical colonies of Nostoc. In

one square foot of surface area, I removed 31 specimens of Siic-

cinea. The count per square foot for the whole area, however,

was probably higher than this. The snail shells cracked audibly

as one walked over the area. As intimated above, this condition

persisted for about 30 feet from the water's edge. Obviously, con-

ditions were propitious for the growth of the Nostoc and the

gastropods took advantage of the condition, utilizing the alga

for food. This observation was made on April 9, 1958. Eleven

weeks later (July 1, 1958) , the soil had become dry and both the

Nostoc and the snails had disappeared from the slopes of the

pond. However, Succinea was abundant on the mud banks of the

pond and was found crawling about on Nehimbo lutea and

Typha latifolia in the pond.

Although Succinea avara is generally considered to be a ter-

restrial species, it is somewhat amphibious in Oklahoma. I have

often found it on aquatic vegetation or pieces of dead vegetation

in the water, as well as in truly terrestrial habitats. It nearly

always will be found in moist situations where cyanophytous

146 NAUTILUS Vol. 72 (4)

algae or molds abound. In addition, the author kept S. avara and

S. grosvenori in an aquarium, in which Elodea grew, for over a

year, Siiccinea avara is a remarkably plastic species as regards its

environmental requirements. — Branley A. Branson. Contribu-

tion no. 275 from the Department of Zoology and Research Foun-

dation of Oklahoma State University, Stillwater.

Back issues of the Nautilus wanted. — The senior editor and

his business manager wife have been making up sets of the Nau-

tilus and taking inventory. Many back issues are short or com-

pletely lacking, although some are available in the incomplete

sets. All our friends and subscribers are asked to keep on the

watch for the back issues listed below. The Nautilus will be glad

to buy them.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Sea shells of tropical west America. Marine mollusks from

Lower California to Colombia. By A. Myra Keen. 624 pp., many

text-figs., and 10 colored plates + frontispiece and cover maps.

Stanford University Press. $12.50. 1958. — To this very concise,

but big "handbook," Dr. Keen has brought her wide knowledge

of the marine mollusks of the eastern Pacific. Most of the lars^er

and middle size, shell-bearing species from the continental shelf

of the Panamic province are diagnosed briefly, distinguished in

many dichotomous keys, and figured handily on the same or

April, 1959 nautilus 147

adjacent pages. The known geographic ranges are given, along

with notes on ecologic habitats, when these have been ascer-

tained. Although modern, the nomenclature and the sizes of

genera seem sensibly conservative. To cite a minor example, her

rejection (p. 344) of Clench & Turner's identification of Triton

cynocepJiahim appears commendable; to my amateur eyes, the

latters' (1957, p. 243, fig. 2) nice copy of Lamarck's illustration

looks much less like their adjacent fig. 1 (from Lower Calif.)

than like their photograph (p. 199, fig. 2) of an apparently re-

lated Cymatiiim from the "Spanish Main." Dr. Keen makes no

attempt to invent ephemeral, English names; this is especially

welcome since the middle Americans speak Spanish, which, like

French, readily converts "Latin" terms into vernaculars by slight

changes in endings. She also does not bow to the proposed new

"rules" for familial names. Who would want to replace Naticidae

with Sigaretidae (1815) , Terebridae with a name based on Subu-

lata (1825), Turritellidae with one on Zariana (1850) or even

Calyptraeidae with Crepidulidae (1822), although the return

of such old friends as Auriculidae (1821), Pernidae (1815) and

Doliidae (1825) might be welcome? The short glossary seems

well chosen, and is amplified by many, clearly labeled figures in

the places where they do the most good. Especially noteworthy

is Dr. Keen's refusal to clutter up the text w^ith repetitive cita-

tions (and acknowledgments) , which are referred to conveniently

in the bibliography (and "Sources") . Just think of how many

times she might have copied the full title of Carpenter's "Mazat-

lan shells!" And, she evidently has studied them more carefully

than some who have so quoted it. — H. B. B.

The marine mollusks of Grand Cayman Island, British West

Indies. By R. Tucker Abbott. Monogr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-

phia, no. 11, 138 pp., 5 pis., 11 maps, 7 text-figs. $4.00. 1958.—

This report, based on collections of Ruth and Alfred J. Ost-

heimer, 3rd, gives synonymies, descriptions, ecologic habitats and

geographic ranges of 293 local species, and figures 60. New species

are: Emarginida ostheimerae, Coralliophila caribaea (east Mex-

ico) , Latirus (Polygona) virginensis (Virgin Is.), Ithycythara

parheri, Tiirhonilla (Pyrgisciis) aljredi, Strombiformis auricincta,

Cosa caribaea and Trajisennella gerrardi. Murex (Phyllonotus)

148 NAUTILUS Vol. 72(4)

margaritensis is a new name for M. imperialis Swainson (Marga-

rita I.).— B. B. B.

A HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE MOLLUSKS OF LiNNAEUS. Part. 6.

The genus Trochvs of the class Gastropoda. By Henry Dodge.

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 77^:157-225. 1956.— This discusses

in detail the identifications and present usages of the 26 trivial

terms used by Linne in the genus. — H. B. B.

Endodontidos Neotropicales, I. n. By M. I. Hylton Scott.

Neotropica 5:7-16, 3 figs.; 79-87, figs. 4 & 5. 1957.— This discusses

Radiodiscus. In an artificial key, 19 S. A. species are recognized,

of which 6 are described as new. Unfortunately, the soft parts are

not described. The figures of some of the smaller shells look like

the genus Punctiim, and the only known anatomy of a S. A. spe-

cies, R. (Radioconns) bactricola (not "-us") is very different from

that of the typical subgenus. — H. B. B.

The Brazilian species of "Drepanotrema." IV, "D, cimex"

(Moricand, 1837). V, "D. nordestense" (Lucena, 1953). VI, "D.

kermatoides" (Orbigny, 1835). By W. Lobato Paraense & Newton

Deslandes. Rev. Brasil. Biol. 7<?:187-192, 4 figs.; 275-281, 8 figs.;

293-299, 6 figs. 1958.— Excellent figures of the shells and of dis-

sections are included. Because of its aberrant shell, D. nordestense

was described in Tropicorbis. — H. B. B.

Type specimens of marine Mollusca described by P. P.

Carpenter from the west coast (San Diego to British Columbia).

By Katherine van Winkle Palmer. Memoir 76, Geol. Soc. of

Amer., vi -f 376 pp., 35 pis., 1958. — This very complete and

carefully documented account of P. P. Carpenter's west coast

types will serve as a valuable tool for those interested in the

mollusks of the eastern Pacific, north of San Diego. 190 types

are illustrated. Authentic whereabouts of the types have been

determined; type localities, evaluation of names with synonymies,

and historical background have been included. There is also

an interesting account of Carpenter's scientific career. A tre-

mendous amount of labor has gone into bringing the nomen-

clature up-to-date. Although not specifically germane to the

April, 1959 nautilus iii

type problem at hand, it will save many hours for future workers.

One of the drawbacks of "monographing" each species is that

information already published is sometimes overlooked. For

instance, Liotia cookeana Dall, 1918, is a Cyclostrema and not a

synonym of Liotia fenestrata Carpenter, 1864 (see Johnsonia,

vol. 2, no. 27, p. 199) . An excellent bibliography and index are

included. — R. Tucker Abbott

ESTUDIO MORFOLOGICO Y TAXONOMICO DE LOS AMPULLARIDOS DE

LA Republica Argentina. By Maria I. H. Scott. Rev. Mus. Arg.

Cienc. Nat., Zool. 3: 233-333, pis. 1-23. 1957.— This detailed,

anatomic and systematic study of the Argentine species of Am-

pullaria (Pomacea Perry), Marisa, Felipponea and Asolene is

well illustrated. Some embryologic data are included also. The

author concludes that the uniformity of the soft parts inside

each genus gives few specific characters, except in Ampullaria

canaliculata, which like A. insularum is often hermaphroditic.

The most usable structure for generic distinction is the large

sheath ("vaina") around the base of the vermiform verge proper

("penis"). The vergic complex differs markedly from the Old

World Pachylabra (Pila Roeding). Dra. Scott's reasons for the

use of Ampullaria as an American genus seem very sensible,

even if not nomenclaturally legal. But, on similar grounds,

Ceratodes Guilding would be much preferable to Gray's very

dubious Marisa. — H. B. B.

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Now being of-

fered for sale. To receive free lists, send name and address to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

CASH OFFERED: For a sea shell collection and cone shells.

E. L. Mauseth, Alden, Minnesota

How TO COLLECT SHELLS: PubHshcd by the American Malacological Union.

SI. 00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskev, Sect., Route 2. Box 318, Marinette, Wis.

Sea Shells

of Tropical

West America

MARINE MOLLUSKS

FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA TO COLOMBIA

A. Myra Keen

This is the first attempt to list and provide illus-

trations of the sea shells of the entire area of the Pan-

amic marine province — the area between the Gulf of

California and Colombia. Concise descriptions of

1,650 species of sea shells, with about 1,500 illustra-

tions, cover most of the recorded forms larger than

about one-fifth of an inch in length. For the smaller

forms, sample illustrations are given. About 70 type

specimens are here figured for the first time.

The notes on geographic distribution of the species

indicate where the collector might expect to find them,

and an extensive bibliography is included to help the

scientist and serious amateur make use of the scattered

literature. The glossary explains technical terms com-

monly used by collectors, but an effort has been made

to use nontechnical language wherever possible.

Some of the most colorful forms are shown on the

ten pages of four-color plates. $12.50

Stanford University Press

Stanford^ California

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

biH i7xn a

i